WP_Query Object
(
    [query] => Array
        (
            [post_type] => Array
                (
                    [0] => courses
                    [1] => course_details
                )

            [orderby] => meta_value
            [order] => ASC
            [posts_per_page] => -1
        )

    [query_vars] => Array
        (
            [post_type] => Array
                (
                    [0] => courses
                    [1] => course_details
                )

            [orderby] => meta_value
            [order] => ASC
            [posts_per_page] => -1
            [error] => 
            [m] => 
            [p] => 0
            [post_parent] => 
            [subpost] => 
            [subpost_id] => 
            [attachment] => 
            [attachment_id] => 0
            [name] => 
            [pagename] => 
            [page_id] => 0
            [second] => 
            [minute] => 
            [hour] => 
            [day] => 0
            [monthnum] => 0
            [year] => 0
            [w] => 0
            [category_name] => 
            [tag] => 
            [cat] => 
            [tag_id] => 
            [author] => 
            [author_name] => 
            [feed] => 
            [tb] => 
            [paged] => 0
            [meta_key] => 
            [meta_value] => 
            [preview] => 
            [s] => 
            [sentence] => 
            [title] => 
            [fields] => 
            [menu_order] => 
            [embed] => 
            [category__in] => Array
                (
                )

            [category__not_in] => Array
                (
                )

            [category__and] => Array
                (
                )

            [post__in] => Array
                (
                )

            [post__not_in] => Array
                (
                )

            [post_name__in] => Array
                (
                )

            [tag__in] => Array
                (
                )

            [tag__not_in] => Array
                (
                )

            [tag__and] => Array
                (
                )

            [tag_slug__in] => Array
                (
                )

            [tag_slug__and] => Array
                (
                )

            [post_parent__in] => Array
                (
                )

            [post_parent__not_in] => Array
                (
                )

            [author__in] => Array
                (
                )

            [author__not_in] => Array
                (
                )

            [ignore_sticky_posts] => 
            [suppress_filters] => 
            [cache_results] => 1
            [update_post_term_cache] => 1
            [update_menu_item_cache] => 
            [lazy_load_term_meta] => 1
            [update_post_meta_cache] => 1
            [nopaging] => 1
            [comments_per_page] => 50
            [no_found_rows] => 
        )

    [tax_query] => WP_Tax_Query Object
        (
            [queries] => Array
                (
                )

            [relation] => AND
            [table_aliases:protected] => Array
                (
                )

            [queried_terms] => Array
                (
                )

            [primary_table] => wp_posts
            [primary_id_column] => ID
        )

    [meta_query] => WP_Meta_Query Object
        (
            [queries] => Array
                (
                )

            [relation] => 
            [meta_table] => 
            [meta_id_column] => 
            [primary_table] => 
            [primary_id_column] => 
            [table_aliases:protected] => Array
                (
                )

            [clauses:protected] => Array
                (
                )

            [has_or_relation:protected] => 
        )

    [date_query] => 
    [request] => 
			SELECT   wp_posts.*
			FROM wp_posts 
			WHERE 1=1  AND ((wp_posts.post_type = 'courses' AND (wp_posts.post_status = 'publish')) OR (wp_posts.post_type = 'course_details' AND (wp_posts.post_status = 'publish')))
			
			ORDER BY wp_posts.post_date ASC
			
		
    [posts] => Array
        (
            [0] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 71
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-10-28 10:24:48
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-10-28 10:24:48
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Illustrator CC Introduction course is designed to teach delegates how to produce good-looking, high quality graphics such as logos and advertisements that include type and graphics.  Delegates will create professional looking logos, professional type effects and convert bitmaps to vector artworks through the use of colours, gradients, layers, fonts, and photos with illustrations and text effects.

Adobe Illustrator is a vector-based graphics program that allows you to create professional quality print, type effects and web designs.

Graphic designers or people needing to create illustrations, logos, advertisements or other graphic documents.

At the end of this Adobe Illustrator CC Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Prepare graphics for web, print and video text using various typographical features and techniques
 	
Apply design principles to create graphic compositions
 	
Modify and apply colours
 	
Create symbols, place images and organise artwork using layers
 	
Archive, export, and publish graphics


No prior knowledge of Illustrator is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note:   Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
Other Adobe courses.

The user interface

 	
Identify user interface elements
 	
Create and select Workspaces
 	
Navigate and zoom documents
 	
Smartguides
 	
Rulers, guides, grids, snap to
 	
Outline & Preview modes


Creating artwork

 	
Vector v Bitmap formats
 	
Apply design principles to create artwork
 	
Using pen and shape tools to create basic geometry
 	
Selecting and Grouping objects
 	
Transform and modify elements
 	
Create and manipulate text
 	
Organise artwork using layers
 	
Create symbols


Colours

 	
Selecting and applying colours
 	
Creating colour swatches
 	
Applying and modifying gradients
 	
Working with spot colours


Effects and transparency

 	
Apply transparency to objects
 	
Blend elements using blend effects
 	
Working with bitmaps
 	
Placing raster images
 	
Using the links panel to relink and update images
 	
Tracing images using live trace presets


Publishing artwork

 	
Identifying common file formats
 	
Choose appropriate settings to optimise graphics on the screen, print and video
 	
Creating JPEG, PDF, PNG, SVG
















































                    [post_title] => Adobe Illustrator CC Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-illustrator-cc-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-01 09:44:12
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-01 09:44:12
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=71
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [1] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 72
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-10-28 10:41:09
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-10-28 10:41:09
                    [post_content] => Adobe Illustrator training courses

Enliten ITs Adobe Illustrator courses cover the key concepts and techniques you need to produce great vector-based artwork.  Our Introduction course is aimed at those new to Illustrator and covers the basics of creating quality artwork, type effects and web designs.
More experienced users our Intermediate course focuses on creative text effects, layering/masking techniques, path editing and live colour.

Our Adobe Illustrator trainers are based throughout the UK so most of our clients take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored onsite training options (we come to you!).  Alternatively, come to one of our training centres.

We also provide training for older versions of Adobe Illustrator, just call for a course outline


                    [post_title] => Adobe Illustrator training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-illustrator-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:44:01
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:44:01
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=72
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [2] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 123
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-10-31 17:31:48
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-10-31 17:31:48
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Illustrator CC Intermediate course is designed to cover advanced features including creative text effects, layering and masking techniques, drawing and path editing and using Live Colour as well as lots of useful tips and tricks.

Adobe Illustrator is a vector-based graphics program that allows you to create professional quality artwork and type effects for print and web designs.

Graphic designers who need to learn how to use Illustrator more effectively.

At the end of this Adobe Illustrator CC Intermediate course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create Compound paths to adjust Bezier curves
 	
Create Custom Brushes and various Graphic Styles
 	
Work with Transparency and other raster effects
 	
Adjust type and apply colour accurately
 	
Prepare documents for composite and commercial printing
 	
Enhance the workflow
 	
Integrate with the rest of Creative Suite
 	
Prepared for and take the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam


Attendance of our Illustrator Introduction course or equivalent knowledge is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
Other Adobe courses.

Note:  For those attending the 3 day public course, you will also be prepared for and take the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam at the end of this course (so you get recognised for the new skills you’ve just gained). This offer does not apply to private courses, or 2 day versions of this course.

Live Colour and Live Trace

 	
Use Live Color to create colours
 	
Generate a colour group
 	
Recolour artwork
 	
Live trace bitmap images
 	
Improve the trace result


Effects and Transparency Techniques

 	
Adjusting and applying effects such as drop shadow and 3D
 	
Using Photoshop effects
 	
Use the Appearance panel
 	
Create transparency and opacity masks
 	
3D shading with the gradient mesh tool


Type Features

 	
Create character and paragraph styles
 	
Leading, Kerning and Tracking
 	
Horizontal and vertical scaling
 	
Add text to a vector path


Custom Brushes

 	
Calligraphic brush
 	
Scatter brush
 	
Pattern brush
 	
Art brush
 	
Bristle brush


Drawing Techniques

 	
Use the Pen tool
 	
Work with compound paths
 	
Use the expand appearance command
 	
Use the outline strokes command
 	
Create, use and update graphic styles
 	
Use envelope distort
 	
Blend tool
 	
Create clipping masks
 	
Use the Width tool
 	
Use the Pathfinder panel
 	
Use the perspective grid tool
 	
Create and manipulate patterns
 	
Work with layers and sub-layers


Artboards

 	
Create and manage multiple artboards
 	
Export artboards


Setup for Print

 	
Print terminology explained
 	
Optimise the effect quality by adjusting raster effect settings
 	
Create trim marks and crop marks
 	
Preview artwork using CMYK soft proof
 	
Package option


ACA Exam Prep

 	
Using copyrighted material
 	
Identify design project requirements and deliverable
 	
Establish the purpose and needs for your target audience
 	
Mock exam
 	
Exams







































                    [post_title] => Adobe Illustrator CC Intermediate Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-illustrator-cc-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-01 09:54:50
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-01 09:54:50
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=123
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [3] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 124
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-01 10:01:38
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 10:01:38
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Access Training Courses

Enliten IT’s Microsoft Access training courses start with good database design principles through to data manipulation using tables, queries, reports and VBA.  Whichever training course you choose you will find lots of useful tips and tricks for getting the most out of MS Access so that you'll be more productive at work.

We have Microsoft Access trainers in London, Essex, Cambridgeshire, Hertfordshire and throughout the UK so most of our clients take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored onsite training options (we come to you).  Alternatively, you can come to one of our training centres.

We train on ALL versions of MS Access, please call for older version course outlines.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft Access courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-access-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:43:16
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:43:16
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=124
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [4] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 125
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-01 10:02:53
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 10:02:53
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Excel Training Courses

Enliten IT have an extensive range of Microsoft Excel training courses to give you the skills to ‘Excel’ at work!  Whether you are new to Excel, are self-taught or you think you know a fair bit, we've got a course for you.

We have certified Microsoft Excel trainers and consultants throughout the UK, so why not take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored onsite training options (we come to you!).  Alternatively, you can come to one of our training centers.

We train on ALL versions of Microsoft Excel and to All levels!


                    [post_title] => Microsoft Excel training courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-excel-training-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:42:26
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:42:26
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=125
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [5] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 126
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-01 10:04:33
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 10:04:33
                    [post_content] => Microsoft 365 Training Courses

Microsoft 365 is Microsoft’s cloud based subscription service packed with your familiar Office apps (Excel, Word, PowerPoint etc.) plus other productivity tools to help organisations securely collaborate together.  So, if you are migrating to Microsoft 365 why not engage our training and consulting expertise to create bespoke training packages tailored to end-user adoption.  Empower your employees to make the most of this great productivity suite using SharePoint, OneDrive, Teams, Forms, Yammer, Sway, Delve, Planner and Flow.

Say goodbye to 9-5 and hello to 365.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft 365 courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-365-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-11-15 12:41:18
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-11-15 12:41:18
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=126
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [6] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 127
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-01 10:24:21
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 10:24:21
                    [post_content] => Microsoft PowerPoint Courses

Our business focused courses will give you the skills needed to master PowerPoint and produce professional eye catching, engaging and inspiring presentations.  All our Microsoft PowerPoint courses are full of useful tips and tricks for getting the most out of PowerPoint.

Our PowerPoint trainers are based throughout the UK so most of our clients take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored on-site training options (we come to you).  Alternatively, you can come to one of our training centres.

We train on ALL versions of MS PowerPoint, please call for older version course outlines.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft PowerPoint courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-powerpoint-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:41:28
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:41:28
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=127
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [7] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 128
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-01 10:38:58
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 10:38:58
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Outlook and OneNote Courses

Our Microsoft Outlook courses are totally customisable to suit the way your organisation works.

We only offer Microsoft Outlook courses on a private in-house basis, so why not take advantage of this cost effective tailored training solution to get your employees internal communications fully up to speed.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft Outlook courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-outlook-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:40:30
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:40:30
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=128
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [8] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 129
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-01 10:39:52
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 10:39:52
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Project Training Courses

Enliten IT Microsoft Project training courses will set you up with the necessary skills to manage your time, tasks, and resources efficiently so your projects are properly run and understood.

Our Microsoft Project trainers are based around the UK most of our clients take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored onsite training options (we come to you!).  Alternatively, you are welcome to come to one of our training centres.

We train on ALL versions of Microsoft Project: MS Project 2019, MS Project 2016 etc. and content can be tailored to suit your specific needs.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft Project courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-project-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:39:19
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:39:19
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=129
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [9] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 214
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-01 14:36:08
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 14:36:08
                    [post_content] => Adobe Photoshop training courses

Adobe Photoshop is image (pixel based pictures/graphics) editing software that allows you to create or edit digital pictures for print or the web.  It’s myriad of styles and effects that can be applied to enhance or manipulate images and animations and it’s probably best known for 'touching up' images for magazine shots (chop, crop and airbrush out those unwanted imperfections!).

For those new to Adobe Photoshop our Introduction course covers the basics (creating and manipulating digital images).  More experienced users should look to our 2-day Intermediate course for managing more complex, multi layered/3d images and batch processing.


                    [post_title] => Adobe Photoshop training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-photoshop-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 15:01:14
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 15:01:14
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=214
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [10] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4411
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:52:54
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:52:54
                    [post_content] => Adobe Acrobat training courses

Are you new to using Adobe Acrobat Professional?  If so, our 1-day Acrobat DC Introduction course is an ideal starting point to cover the basics needed to create, modify, review and output your documents.
The Acrobat DC Form Creation course is aimed at those wanting to produce interactive forms for distribution via print or mobile.

We also provide training for older versions of Adobe Acrobat, just call for a course outline.


                    [post_title] => Adobe Acrobat training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-acrobat-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 15:00:31
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 15:00:31
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4411
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [11] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4412
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:53:23
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:53:23
                    [post_content] => Adobe InDesign training courses

Adobe InDesign is the industry standard for laying out printed materials by managing page layouts to create posters, leaflets, flyers, brochures, newspapers, magazines, books and eBooks (for print or digital publishing).  Add interactivity, animation, video, and sound to fully engage your audience and interact with Photoshop/Illustrator to bring together your finished article.

Our Introduction course covers the basics that give you the skills to produce professional looking marketing materials.  More experienced users should look to our Intermediate course to learn the best techniques needed to work with and manipulate long documents.

We also provide training for older versions of Adobe InDesign, just call for a course outline.


                    [post_title] => Adobe InDesign training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-indesign-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:59:56
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:59:56
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4412
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [12] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4413
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:53:47
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:53:47
                    [post_content] => Adobe After Effects training courses

After Effects is used for creating sophisticated moving images and cinematic visual effects (e.g. ground-breaking motion graphics and blockbuster visual effects) for use in theaters, living rooms, and on personal computers and mobile devices.  You can mix footage of any size and format, photographs, 3D renders, text, vector artwork, and music – and make it all come alive.

For those new to Adobe After Effects our Introduction course content covers the basics (creating motion graphics and visual effects in 2d and 3d).  More experienced users should look to our Intermediate course for the best techniques to be used with animation, layering and masks.


                    [post_title] => Adobe After Effects training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-after-effects-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:59:19
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:59:19
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4413
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [13] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4414
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:54:19
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:54:19
                    [post_content] => Adobe Premiere Pro training Courses

We offer Adobe Premiere Pro training courses to suit all abilities.  The Introduction course is aimed at those new to Premiere Pro and covers the basics (create video, perform colour correction and audio use).  More experienced users should look to our Advanced course for the best techniques to be used when fine-tuning a series of video pieces.

Adobe Premiere Pro is a non-linear video editing package. Make a movie from scratch or edit existing videos with this powerful tool that’s capable of producing broadcast-quality and high-definition video.  It is used by the industry experts and amateurs in film-making and TV broadcasting for multimedia editing and post production.


                    [post_title] => Adobe Premiere Pro training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-premiere-pro-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:58:38
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:58:38
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4414
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [14] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4416
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:55:22
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:55:22
                    [post_content] => Adobe Captivate training courses

Adobe Captivate is a rapid eLearning development tool that enables users to create interactive eLearning and HTML5 based mLearning content easily – e.g. product demos, application simulations, soft skills and compliance training.  You can convert existing Microsoft PowerPoint slides and easily add multimedia, interactive elements and quizzes (which can be linked to an LMS system).  Content can be sent to virtually any device, including iPads.

If you're new to Captivate our Introduction course content covers the basic skills needed to produce professional looking eLearning materials.  Experienced users should attend our Advanced course for using templates, advanced actions and scripts.


                    [post_title] => Adobe Captivate training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-captivate-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:57:58
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:57:58
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4416
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [15] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4417
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:56:43
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:56:43
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Word Courses

Do you really know how to use MS Word properly or do you just struggle along doing what you always did?  Whether you are self-taught or you think you know a fair bit our Microsoft Word courses offer a convenient way to gain the skills you really need to master this feature rich application.

Our Microsoft Word trainers are based throughout the UK so most clients take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored on-site training options (we come to you!).  Alternatively, you can come to one of our facilities.

We train on ALL versions of MS Word, please call us for older version course outlines.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft Word courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-word-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:36:12
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:36:12
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4417
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [16] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 130
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:59:16
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:59:16
                    [post_content] => Microsoft SharePoint Courses

Our business focused Microsoft SharePoint courses give you the skills needed to use SharePoint’s content management, collaboration and social media tools to work with colleagues and within teams efficiently.  The End-User course teaches how to view, search and upload data. The Editor/Owners courses are aimed at those who need to be able to set-up and manage SharePoint portals.

Our Microsoft SharePoint trainers are based around the UK so most of our clients take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored on-site training options (we come to you!).


                    [post_title] => Microsoft SharePoint courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-sharepoint-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:38:22
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:38:22
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=130
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [17] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4419
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 12:59:44
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 12:59:44
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Visio Courses

Enliten IT’s Introduction to Microsoft Visio course will give you the necessary skills required to create all sorts of business and technical diagrams (e.g. Organisation charts, Network diagrams and Business processes) to convey complex information clearly and concisely.

We train on ALL versions of Microsoft Visio: MS Visio 2019, 2016 and older versions!.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft Visio courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-visio-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:37:26
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:37:26
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4419
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [18] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4421
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-10 13:00:57
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-10 13:00:57
                    [post_content] => Oracle Courses

Enliten IT partner with StayAhead Training to deliver an extensive range of 19c Oracle courses targeted at ensuring delegates, from programmers to administrators, can perform their job roles successfully.  We’ll teach you how to administer, configure, secure, backup, manage storage and maintain databases.  Oracle SQL reporting courses are also available.

Other, not so popular, Oracle training courses (e.g. Oracle e-Business Suite R12) are also available so if you don’t find what you are looking for in the list below then please contact us.

Note: All Oracle 19c workshops can be modified or tailored for delivery, at your own offices, anywhere within the UK.


                    [post_title] => Oracle 19c courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-19c-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-08 12:21:21
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-08 12:21:21
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4421
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [19] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4482
                    [post_author] => 2
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-14 12:42:02
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-14 12:42:02
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Access 2019 Introduction course provides delegates to the necessary skills to create straightforward databases from scratch.  Starting with an understanding of database design principles, through to hands-on work in creating databases that you can easily be managed through basic tasks such as entering and editing data through to finding, sorting, retrieving, reporting and analysing data.

Those new to database concepts who need to organise and report on their data, or those who are self taught and need to ‘fill in the missing bits’.

At the end of this Microsoft Access 2019 Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Design and create a database
 	
Create tables and set the primary key
 	
Enter/edit data
 	
Find data in tables
 	
Create Queries and Table relationships
 	
Design and create Forms and Reports
 	
Print reports
 	
Prerequisites


No prior MS Access knowledge is assumed however a familiarity with database concepts is advantageous.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable. These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration on this Microsoft Access 2019 Introduction course may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Introduction

 	
Overview of Database concepts
 	
Database Design tips & Planning
 	
Screen layout, Ribbons
 	
Backstage view
 	
Database Objects
 	
Object Types


On-Line Help

 	
Wizard & Index


Field Properties Explained

 	
Properties: Field Size, Format, Decimal places, Caption, Default Value, Required, Indexed
 	
Validation Rules
 	
Input Mask


Create and Find

 	
Create and Edit records
 	
Select/Save/Delete records
 	
Navigating records
 	
Sorting records
 	
Find & Replace


Filters

 	
By Selection/Form
 	
Using AND/OR
 	
Save as a Select Query


Tables

 	
Creating a New Database
 	
Designing Tables
 	
Design and Datasheet View
 	
Field Names and Data Types
 	
Primary Key
 	
Fields in Tables


Editing Tables

 	
Adding / Editing / Deleting records
 	
Analysing a Table
 	
Relationship in Splits
 	
Modifying Tables
 	
Lookup and Hyperlink Column


Relationships

 	
Create a Relationship
 	
Referential Integrity
 	
Many-to-Many Relationships
 	
Lookup fields


Queries & Operators

 	
Queries and RecordSets
 	
Simple Query Wizard
 	
Add Tables to a Query
 	
Join Tables in a Query
 	
Use Operators
 	
Calculated Fields & Concatenate
 	
Using Parameters
 	
Action Queries
 	
AND/OR/BETWEEN/NOT/NULL
 	
Wildcards


Advanced Queries

 	
Top Values in Query
 	
Calculated Field
 	
Function Query
 	
Parameter Query
 	
Concatenation Query
 	
Multiple Tables in Query
 	
Inner & Outer Joins


Query Modification

 	
Sort Query
 	
Add Criteria/Record
 	
Hide Fields
 	
Print Query
 	
Analysis Table
 	
Relationships in Splits
 	
Table Analyser


Forms

 	
Using Forms Wizard
 	
Design & Layout view to create/edit forms
 	
Viewing, Editing and Printing
 	
Control types and Control properties
 	
Selecting & Formatting controls
 	
AutoForm


Reports

 	
Create AutoReports
 	
Use and Format Reports
 	
The Reports Wizard
 	
Print Reports (inc. headers & footers)


Printing

 	
Table Data
 	
Page Setup and Selected Records
 	
Print to PDF





















                    [post_title] => Microsoft Access 2019 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-access-2019-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-10 11:16:53
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-10 11:16:53
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4482
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [20] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4484
                    [post_author] => 2
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-14 12:58:37
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-14 12:58:37
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Access 2019 Advanced course takes you to the next stage of database development covering areas such as customisation and efficient management of relational databases.  This is done through the use of advanced form design, table properties and relationships, report design querying techniques.

Those needing to expand their Access skills in order to do more complex tasks.

At the end of this Microsoft Access 2019 Advanced course, delegates will be able to use advanced techniques in forms, queries, tables, expressions, and customisation to enhance and control databases.

Delegates should have attended the Access Introduction course (or be familiar with it’s content).

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable. These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration on this Microsoft Access 2019 Advanced course may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Advanced Form Design

 	
Form control properties
 	
Design View
 	
Align/Resize and Evenly space controls
 	
Bound and Unbound Objects
 	
Combo & List Boxes
 	
Checkboxes & toggle buttons
 	
Calculated Text boxes
 	
Option Group and Command Button controls
 	
Automatic/Customised Tab Orders
 	
Calculation & Concatenation in fields
 	
Header/Footer
 	
Adding data Validation
 	
Link a Query to a form


Advanced Table Properties

 	
Review basic field properties
 	
Create a custom format
 	
Custom date formats
 	
Input mask property
 	
Validation rules
 	
Validation text property
 	
Table properties
 	
Modify lookup field properties


Table Relationships

 	
The relationships window
 	
Set table relationships manually
 	
Relationship rules
 	
Referential integrity
 	
Cascade updates and deletes


Working with SubForms/SubReports

 	
Create/Delete/Modify from Control Wizard
 	
Views: Datasheet, Continuous forms
 	
SubForm properties and calculations
 	
Header/Footer


Advanced Select Queries

 	
Find null values
 	
To exclude null values
 	
NOT queries
 	
Parameter queries and Data Types
 	
Query multiple tables
 	
Table joins
 	
Find orphan (unmatched) records


Advanced Query

 	
Duplicates/Unmatched Query Wizards
 	
Use expression builder
 	
Convert nulls to zeros
 	
Concatenation
 	
StrConv function
 	
Date functions, DateAdd(), DateDiff()
 	
IIF function
 	
Aggregate queries
 	
Format query field properties
 	
Format the query headings
 	
Top values query


Crosstab Queries

 	
Create/Modify a crosstab query using the wizard
 	
Create a crosstab query manually
 	
Multiple conditions in a query
 	
Query to generate summary data


Export/Import Data

 	
Import a CSV file
 	
Export data to Excel
 	
Drag n’ Drop data into Excel
 	
Print to PDF


Advanced Report Design

 	
Design View
 	
Setting Report properties
 	
Add calculations
 	
Using Expressions
 	
Grouping Reports
 	
Reports from multiple tables
 	
Adding a sub-report
 	
Parameter reports
 	
Group Header
 	
Cover sheets
 	
Date or Time & Page Breaks
 	
Margins
 	
Label Wizard


Create your own Custom Ribbons

 	
Add/Edit a ribbon
 	
Assign Actions to Ribbon icons
 	
Link a Menu
 	
Add/Delete Menu Commands
 	
Add a Separator Bar
 	
Duplicate a Menu
 	
Create a Shortcut Menu

































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Access 2019 Advanced Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-access-2019-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-10 11:15:26
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-10 11:15:26
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4484
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [21] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4490
                    [post_author] => 2
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-14 16:51:50
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-14 16:51:50
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Acrobat Introduction course is designed to introduce delegates to Adobe Acrobat’s Portable Document Format (PDF) – the industry standard for electronic document exchange.  Learn how to convert documents into PDF format whilst maintaining page layout and preventing changes to documents, even if they are shared with others.  You will create, edit and combine PDF files, add navigation, optimise fonts and images to ensure a small file size and cross platform compatibility.

Anyone needing to create, edit and distribute documents using this format.

At the end of this Adobe Acrobat Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Customise your work environment
 	
Convert documents into a PDF and modify them
 	
Work with multiple PDFs
 	
Protect documents from printing or changes
 	
Make large documents navigable using bookmarks and hyperlinks
 	
Create forms for data collection


No prior knowledge of Acrobat is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

NOTE: We only offer this Adobe Acrobat Introduction course on a private in-house basis. For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
Other Adobe courses.

Introduction

 	
What is a PDF?
 	
Acrobat DC and the document cloud
 	
Explore the interface – Toolbars and Panels


Creating a PDF file

 	
Printing to PDF from Microsoft Office
 	
Creating a PDF from JPG files


Acrobat Basics

 	
Moving through documents
 	
Zooming in and out
 	
View modes
 	
Searching a document & indexes
 	
Setting preferences
 	
Customising the Tools panel and Toolbar


Navigation Controls

 	
Using bookmarks & thumbnails
 	
Work with Links
 	
Define articles
 	
Using articles for navigation
 	
Page actions
 	
Using links and buttons


Editing PDF Files

 	
Add, Edit, Format text
 	
Select, Add, Move graphics
 	
Add, Edit Hyperlinks
 	
Add Bookmark


Pages

 	
Thumbnails
 	
Insert, Delete, Extract, Rotate & Move pages
 	
Headers and Footers
 	
Page numbering
 	
Watermarks
 	
Cropping pages
 	
Attaching Notes and Files to documents


Adding Multimedia

 	
Insert Video and Audio


Annotations

 	
Sticky Note and Highlighting text
 	
Comments
 	
Stamps


Working with Multiple PDF Documents

 	
Combine multiple PDFs into one file
 	
Combine into a Portfolio
 	
Search multiple documents


Security

 	
Document Security, Passwords and Permissions
 	
Digitally sign a document
 	
Redaction


PDF Forms

 	
Create a basic form
 	
Add form fields
 	
Form properties


Distributing PDFs

 	
Exporting to Microsoft Office
 	
Optimising files - compacting
 	
Managing for Print and Digital
 	
Specifying how documents open
 	
Embedding searchable information



























                    [post_title] => Adobe Acrobat Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-acrobat-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-22 11:18:58
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-22 11:18:58
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4490
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [22] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4492
                    [post_author] => 2
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-14 16:59:22
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-14 16:59:22
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Acrobat Creating Forms course is designed to introduce delegates to Adobe Acrobat’s Form creation features.  You will learn how to create interactive PDF forms from existing documents and from scratch.

Anyone needing to create interactive forms for internal company use or for distribution.

At the end of this Adobe Acrobat Creating Forms course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create a quick document for distribution
 	
Create forms using Acrobat
 	
Convert forms created in other software into Acrobat


Delegates should have attended the Introduction course, or have gained similar knowledge in the workplace.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

NOTE: We only offer this Adobe Acrobat Creating Forms course on a private in-house basis. For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
Other Adobe courses.

PDF Overview

 	
Clarification of PDF file format
 	
PDF and its functions
 	
Acrobat components and interface
 	
PDF Writer
 	
Acrobat views


PDF Distiller

 	
Job options
 	
Embedding fonts
 	
Colour management
 	
Watched folders


Building Documents

 	
Cropping pages
 	
Creating pages from imported images
 	
Working with thumbnails
 	
Setting document information
 	
Viewing PDF documentation in browsers
 	
Combining PDF pages
 	
Extracting pages
 	
Converting spreadsheets and presentations
 	
Document navigation
 	
Screenshots to PDF


Creating Forms and Form Templates in Other Applications

 	
Creating Forms in Word and InDesign
 	
Review of appropriateness of other available software


Online forms

 	
Creating a form
 	
Form design elements
 	
Adding and Editing form fields
 	
Form field properties


Bookmarks and navigation links

 	
Setting and Editing
 	
Setting bookmark destinations
 	
Web links and Article links


Acrobat proofing

 	
Drawing tools
 	
Annotation tools
 	
Importing and exporting annotations
 	
Adding/changing text
 	
Adding/changing graphics


PDF Security

 	
Setting passwords and password permissions







































                    [post_title] => Adobe Acrobat Creating Forms Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-acrobat-creating-forms-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-10 11:07:39
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-10 11:07:39
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4492
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [23] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4500
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:11:26
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:11:26
                    [post_content] => After Effects is digital motion graphics and compositing software that can be used in film and video post production.  This Adobe After Effects CC Introduction course will teach delegates how to create motion graphics and visual effects.  It is packed with hands-on exercises so that students can learn by doing.

Those new to After Effects looking to create and add effects to video projects, for the web, film or broadcast video.

At the end of this Adobe After Effects CC Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create 2D animations
 	
Work with layers
 	
Apply effects
 	
Work with masks & mattes
 	
Use colour effectively
 	
Export files


It is useful to have knowledge of using video editing applications such as Adobe Premiere or Apple Final Cut Pro, as well as graphics applications such as Adobe Photoshop or Illustrator.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
Other Adobe courses.

Projects Undertaken

 	
Social media adverts
 	
Animated titles
 	
Motion graphics
 	
Infographics


Introduction

 	
Navigation
 	
Keyboard shortcuts
 	
Tools and panels
 	
Terminology explained
 	
The essential steps of animation


Annimation

 	
Keyframing and timing
 	
Keyframe types
 	
Keyframe Interpolation
 	
Layer transform properties
 	
Use solids
 	
Switches and Modes
 	
Pre-compose layers
 	
Refine animations


Text Annimations

 	
Animate text layers
 	
Animation presets
 	
Text animators
 	
Range selectors


Effects

 	
Apply effects
 	
Edit, retime and re-order effects
 	
Effect parameters
 	
Colour correct videos


Masking

 	
Explore mask types
 	
Hide and reveal content
 	
Use customs shapes & Pen tool for masks
 	
Mask properties


Adjustment Layers

 	
Affect multiple objects
 	
Apply and edit adjustment layers
 	
Mask effects with adjustment layers


Parenting

 	
Link layers with
 	
Link layers with parenting
 	
Understand the benefits of parenting


Motion Tracking

 	
Track moving objects
 	
Make content follow tracked objects
 	
Stabilise motion


Audio

 	
Add audio
 	
Animate volume
 	
Audio display options


3d Layers

 	
Convert to 3D layers
 	
Use multiple views
 	
Add cameras
 	
Animate in 3D


Using other Adobe programs

 	
Import Photoshop and Illustrator files
 	
Round-trip between programs


Puppet Pin

 	
Create a mesh and pins
 	
Animate pins
 	
Randomise movement of pins


Export

 	
Export with the Media Encoder
 	
Export with the Render Queue
 	
Understand codecs and file format





















                    [post_title] => Adobe After Effects CC Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-after-effects-cc-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-08-18 10:58:30
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-08-18 10:58:30
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4500
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [24] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4501
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:21:12
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:21:12
                    [post_content] => After Effects is digital motion graphics and compositing software that allows you to create QuickTime movies for output on the Web, CD, Monitor, or full-motion broadcast quality video for television. The Adobe After Effects CC Intermediate course covers how to mix still images together to create a moving texture, placing compositions into other Compositions, using Keyframes & Layers, and use of effective Rendering techniques.








Videographers and animators needing to learn the next steps.








At the end of this Adobe After Effects CC Intermediate course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Understand Keyframe and work with the graphics editor
 	
create animations that are sequenced (and nested)
 	
work with layers and apply animated effects
 	
work with masks and mattes and stencils
 	
render and pre-compose
 	
use colour effectively
 	
work in 3d


Attendance of the Introduction course or equivalent knowledge is required.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable. These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
Other Adobe courses.

Beyond the basics

 	
Adding custom easing
 	
Advanced time remapping
 	
Scene blur
 	
Frame blending


Combine effects

 	
Compositing 3D objects and 2D footage
 	
3D lights
 	
Creating shadow effects in 3D
 	
3D camera tracking
 	
Green screen
 	
Rotoscoping


Working with shapes and vectors

 	
Generating strokes
 	
Adding and animating layer styles
 	
Animating outlines
 	
Advanced type animation
 	
Animating Masks


External controls

 	
Animating characters
 	
Advanced null control
 	
Using sound to control layer properties


Re-creating common effects

 	
Jittery text
 	
Double exposure
 	
Kinetic typography
 	
Slick object transitions
 	
Sequential compositions
















































                    [post_title] => Adobe After Effects CC Intermediate course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-after-effects-cc-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-10 11:04:20
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-10 11:04:20
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4501
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [25] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4504
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:38:55
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:38:55
                    [post_content] => Adobe Premiere Pro CC is basically digital video editing software.  It lets you create videos, as well as perform colour correction and work with audio.  This course covers the fundamentals of non-linear editing techniques and provides various tips and techniques to help you become more productive.

Anyone needing to use Premiere Pro to edit videos which can be used on a number of different platforms, e.g. web and DVD.

At the end of this Adobe Premiere Pro CC Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Understand the Tools
 	
Organise projects
 	
Create and refine rough cuts
 	
Do multipoint editing
 	
Work on transitions
 	
Use audio
 	
Create titles and credits
 	
Work on video effects
 	
Use basic colour correction
 	
Output video


No previous video editing knowledge/experience is required to complete this course.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
Other Adobe courses.

Introduction

 	
Setting up a project
 	
Importing footage
 	
Organizing and previewing
 	
Creating the first sequence


Timeline Editing

 	
Navigating the timeline
 	
Video and audio tracks breakdown
 	
Insert and overwrite edits
 	
The razor tool
 	
Rolling and Ripple trim
 	
Using markers


Working with Colour

 	
Colour correction tools
 	
Lumetri looks and the color workspace
 	
Creating a new look


Effects and Titles

 	
Video transitions
 	
Effect controls
 	
Adding video effects
 	
Creating a new title


Working with Audio

 	
Adding soundtrack
 	
Controlling volume levels on the timeline
 	
Clip and Track mixer
 	
Adjusting gain


Exporting

 	
Export settings
 	
Export effects
 	
Video and audio options













































                    [post_title] => Adobe Premiere Pro CC Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-premiere-pro-cc-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-01 09:23:53
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-01 09:23:53
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4504
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [26] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4505
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:41:28
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:41:28
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Premiere Pro CC Intermediate course looks at advanced concepts and features and will run through a typical series of steps for creating, editing and fine-tuning a series of video pieces.  Adobe Premiere Pro is digital video and multimedia editing and post production software that’s used extensively in film, TV, and the internet.

Experienced users who wish to explore the more advanced features of this product.

Delegates will learn the following:

 	
Colour Correction
 	
Advanced Effects
 	
Compositing
 	
Green screen and Keying
 	
Advanced Audio
 	
Multicam Projects
 	
Adobe Media Encoder
 	
Encore
 	
Integration with Photoshop and After Effects
 	
Dynamic Links
 	
Prepare and take the ACA exam


Delegates must have attended the Introduction course or have equivalent knowledge.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable. These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested Adobe Premiere Pro CC Advanced course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
Other Adobe courses.

Advanced Editing

 	
Adding Markers
 	
Cutting in Beat to Music
 	
Lift and Extract
 	
Time Remapping
 	
Replacing Shots
 	
Nesting
 	
J&L Cuts


Effects

 	
Adding Effects
 	
Warp Stabilizer
 	
Adjustment Layers
 	
Masking and Tracking Effects
 	
Key out colours (blue or green screen)
 	
Other useful effects
(lens distortion removal, flip, etc)


Captions

 	
Automate the creation of text captions
 	
Edit and retime captions
 	
Use a style to control the appearance
 	
Export captions with the video


Titles

 	
Create Scrolling Credits
 	
Use Responsive design options
 	
Mask title items
 	
Save title animations


Colour Correction

 	
Read the Video Scopes
 	
Secondary Colour Corrections
 	
HSL Secondary for colour selections
 	
Mask Corrections
 	
Other Useful Colour Effects


Audio

 	
Use the Track and Clip Mixer
 	
Sync video clips using audio
 	
Merge audio from microphone audio


Multi Camera Editing

 	
Sync your Footage
 	
Edit a Multi-Camera Source Sequence
 	
Different multi-Camera scenarios


Adobe applications

 	
Work with After Effects, Photoshop, etc
 	
Round-tripping between application


Exporting

 	
Understand and tweaking manual settings like bit rate
 	
Understand Video Codecs


Project Archiving

 	
Project Manager

































                    [post_title] => Adobe Premiere Pro CC Intermediate Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-premiere-pro-cc-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-01 09:35:46
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-01 09:35:46
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4505
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [27] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4506
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:44:13
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:44:13
                    [post_content] => 
Adobe InDesign provides the perfect interface for designing professional layouts with sophisticated graphics and typography.  This Adobe InDesign CC Introduction course is designed to introduce delegates to the concepts involved in desktop publishing.  Delegates will learn crucial skills which will enable them to create a variety of documents from one-page flyers and advertisements to multi-page colour publications and brochures.  As well as covering the layout and typographical controls the course also includes basic design principles and tips to make documents always look professional.

Graphic designers, creative professionals, print professionals, publishers and marketing professionals.

At the end of this Adobe InDesign CC Introduction course, delegates will be able to:


 	
Design documents containing text and Graphics using frames
 	
Setup multiple page documents
 	
Import and format text using paragraph and character styles
 	
Place and arrange images
 	
Prepare and publish documents for screen or print


No prior knowledge of InDesign is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable. These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
Other Adobe courses.

InDesign projects – Set up considerations

 	
Identify project requirements
 	
Establish target audience and needs
 	
Define media format and publishing requirements


User interface

 	
Identify user interface elements
 	
Create and select Workspaces
 	
Navigate and zoom documents
 	
Rulers, guides and grids


Working with Documents

 	
Setting up an InDesign document
 	
Working with master pages
 	
Adding automatic page numbers


Working with Text

 	
Creating and modifying text frames
 	
Threading text frames
 	
Managing overset text
 	
Formatting text using paragraph and character styles
 	
Placing text from a Word document
 	
Spell checking
 	
Adding special characters
 	
Assigning text wrap


Images and Graphics

 	
Creating basic shapes
 	
Assigning fill and stroke to objects
 	
Selecting and Grouping objects
 	
Transform and modify elements
 	
Align and arrange content
 	
Placing images
 	
Frame fitting options and frame shapes
 	
Collecting and placing content using the conveyor tool
 	
Working with Layers and Organise artwork using layers


Colours

 	
Creating colour swatches
 	
Applying and modifying gradients
 	
Working with spot colours
 	
Adding transparency to elements


Publishing

 	
Identifying common file formats
 	
Using the packaging feature
 	
Create a template
 	
Prepare page layouts for print










































                    [post_title] => Adobe InDesign CC Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-indesign-cc-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 14:27:45
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 14:27:45
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4506
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [28] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4507
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:46:39
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:46:39
                    [post_content] => Adobe InDesign provides the perfect interface for designing professional layouts with sophisticated graphics and typography.  This Adobe InDesign CC Intermediate course is designed to give you the necessary skills to create complex documents and work with a variety of palettes and tools to further understand the capabilities of this high-end design application.  You will learn how to work quickly and effectively, speeding up tasks, reducing repetitive tasks, and creating documents so that they can be easily updated.

Graphic designers, creative professionals, print professionals, publishers and marketing professionals.

At the end of this Adobe InDesign CC Intermediate course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create complex documents for a range of screen and print jobs
 	
Utilise image features to enhance your layouts and workflow
 	
Create and apply advanced text formatting techniques
 	
Create interactive documents
 	
Import and format tables
 	
Take the ACA exam*


Attendance of the InDesign Introduction course (or equivalent knowledge) is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Note:
The 3 day course option is for public training courses in London only and includes the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam at the end of the course.

Other Adobe courses.

Advanced document and layout features

 	
Creating foldouts with Page re-shuffle
 	
Using page tool techniques to create custom formats
 	
Working with layers and layer options


Images and graphics

 	
Re-linking edited images
 	
Extracting image information
 	
Adjusting PSD import options
 	
Adding effects


Advanced Type management

 	
Inserting anchored objects and Inline graphics
 	
Adding type to vector paths
 	
Creating a table of contents
 	
Applying paragraph rules
 	
Modifying paragraph style options
 	
Creating bulleted and numbered lists
 	
Setting up text flow import options
 	
Adding footnotes
 	
Creating story jumps


Advanced drawing techniques

 	
Working with the Pen tool and shortcuts
 	
Creating compound paths
 	
Using the Pathfinder window


Tables

 	
Creating tables
 	
Importing tables from Excel and Word
 	
Styling tables and cells
 	
Add rows and columns
 	
Split and merge


Interactive publications

 	
Creating bookmarks and hyperlinks
 	
Inserting URL and email links
 	
Placing buttons
 	
Creating a slideshow
 	
Placing movies
 	
Creating a basic animation


Publishing

 	
Publish and share interactive documents online
 	
Manage and gather analytics for online documents
 	
Exporting files for different media
 	
Editing PDF presets
 	
Transparency flattening options
 	
Customising Preflight settings


ACA Prep (*3 day only)

 	
Using copyrighted material
 	
Identify design project requirements and deliverable
 	
Establish the purpose and needs for your target audience
 	
Mock exam
 	
Final exam







































                    [post_title] => Adobe InDesign CC Intermediate Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-indesign-cc-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 14:36:38
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 14:36:38
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4507
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [29] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4508
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:49:01
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:49:01
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Photoshop CC Introduction course is centred on the manipulation of digital images through image preparation, image editing, and image creation.  You will learn how to create a new image, crop, transform, retouch, paint, enhance, resize and add artistic touches.  Selection methods and working with layers are also dealt with.

Anyone needing to use Photoshop to manipulate images or those wanting to know the basics with a view to using it with other applications such as InDesign.

At the end of this Adobe Photoshop CC Introduction course, delegates will be able to:


 	
Remove red eye, blemishes, scratches, etc. using retouching techniques
 	
Improve image colours and adjust contrast and brightness
 	
Create simple compositions by blending images together
 	
Add text and modify type settings in your designs
 	
Output artwork for web, print or video



No prior knowledge of Photoshop is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
Other Adobe courses.

User Interface

 	
The Photoshop Screen
 	
Getting to know the Tools & Palettes
 	
Using guides, grids and rulers
 	
Controlling the workspace
 	
Navigation and Zoom shortcuts


Digital Imaging Foundation

 	
Image quality and resolution
 	
Bitmap and vector graphics
 	
Image and canvas size
 	
Colour spaces and bit depth
 	
Design theory principles
 	
Files formats and media


Selections

 	
Creating selections using the selection tools
 	
Refining selections
 	
Transform, scale and distort selections
 	
Saving and loading selections


Layers

 	
Create, delete and edit layers
 	
Name, hide, arrange layers
 	
Merge and group layers
 	
Change opacity and blending modes
 	
Cropping Images
 	
Transform, Scale and Distort Layers


Painting and Retouching

 	
Use the healing brushes, Patch and content-aware tools
 	
Use the Red Eye tool
 	
Use the Clone Stamp tools
 	
Use the Blur, Sharpen and Smudge tools
 	
Use the Dodge, Burn and Sponge tools
 	
Content-Aware Tools


Colours and Gradients

 	
Work with the Color Picker
 	
Use the Eyedropper tools
 	
Save and share colours and swatches
 	
Create and control gradients
 	
Correct and retouch images


Painting and working with Brushes

 	
Use the brush tools
 	
Creating brushes
 	
Loading external brushes


Colour Correction and Adjustment

 	
Use Adjustment layers
 	
Levels and curves
 	
Hue and saturation
 	
Shadow and highlights


Text

 	
Create text using  the Type tool
 	
Discover character properties
 	
Discover paragraph properties
 	
Working with styles and adding styles to text


Output

 	
Output graphics for web, print and video
 	
Compress image size

































                    [post_title] => Adobe Photoshop CC Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-photoshop-cc-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 14:16:26
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 14:16:26
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4508
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [30] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4510
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 09:51:00
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 09:51:00
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Photoshop CC Intermediate course builds upon the knowledge learnt on the introduction course and focuses on using the advanced, time saving, and image handling tools to manipulate and batch process digital images.  Topics cover advanced selection techniques, retouching & manipulation techniques, using colour effectively, working with 3d layers and Smart objects, layering and filtering and how to automate workflow.

Design professionals needing to manage graphics for final print and web output.

At the end of this Adobe Photoshop CC Intermediate course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Use advanced retouching  and manipulation techniques
 	
Improve the tonality and contrast of an image using curves and levels
 	
Work with masks and blending effects to create sophisticated compositions
 	
Use colour profiles to create a consistent and reliable colour workflow
 	
Prepare artwork for print, web and video
 	
Take the Adobe Certified Associate Exam and gain ACA status*


Attendance of the Photoshop Introduction course or equivalent knowledge.


Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.


Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Note:   * For those attending the 3 day public course, you will also be prepared for and take the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam at the end of this course (so you get recognised for the new skills you’ve just gained).  This offer does not apply to private courses, or 2 day versions of this course.  Other Adobe courses.

Retouch & Correct

 	
Change models using liquify
 	
Adding lighting effects
 	
Replace colour and colour range
 	
Perspective adjustments
 	
Black and white conversion
 	
Understanding LAB Colors
 	
Photo Filters
 	
Filters
 	
Explore Photo filters
 	
Add and combine Filters
 	
Smart Filters


Advanced Working with Layers

 	
Auto blend and align layers
 	
Use Smart objects for non-destructive edits
 	
Layer blending modes for advanced compositions


Vectors

 	
Use the Pen tool to create and modify shapes
 	
Create selections and mask with the Pen Tool
 	
Draw shapes from the shapes library
 	
Combine and merge vector shapes


Typography

 	
Advanced Typography options
 	
Create Paragraph and Character styles


Colour Management

 	
ICC profiles explained
 	
Assigning colour profiles
 	
Proof setup options


Output

 	
Creating animated GIF images for web
 	
Slicing images and exporting for use on the web
 	
Prepare graphics for print
 	
Add keywords to images


ACA Prep

 	
Overview the exam objectives
 	
Understanding copyrights and intellectual properties
 	
Design principles, elements, and image composition
 	
Design project requirements and deliverable
 	
Mock exam










































                    [post_title] => Adobe Photoshop CC Intermediate Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-photoshop-cc-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 14:15:33
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 14:15:33
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4510
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [31] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4516
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:06:56
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:06:56
                    [post_content] => On this Microsoft Excel Introduction course you will learn all of the relevant skills needed to build and manipulate basic spreadsheets.   With plenty of hands-on time and exercises basic tasks such as:- using shortcuts, working with ranges, building formulae, editing and formatting data, printing and charting will become demystified.

Those new to spreadsheets, those who are self-taught or those who have been told what to do and don’t really understand why they are doing things.

The objectives of the Microsoft Excel Introduction course are to:

 	
Give you the knowledge to build, edit, format and print basic spreadsheets
 	
Introduce the basic principles of creating and using formulae and functions
 	
Teach users how to create and edit simple graphs

 

No prior Excel knowledge is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Basic principles

 	
Understanding the screen layout – Ribbons, Icons, QAT, Zoom etc.
 	
Cursor shapes and their actions
 	
Cell selection techniques


Working with cells

 	
Entering and Editing cells
 	
Using shortcuts
 	
Autofill and Flash Fill
 	
Copying and Moving data
 	
Undo & Redo
 	
Clear formats


Formulae

 	
Setting up a basic worksheet
 	
Creating your own formulae
(Some basic maths is covered)
 	
Order of calculation – BODMAS
 	
Using in-built functions e.g. sum, average, count, counta
 	
Relative v Absolute referencing


Formatting

 	
Text formatting
 	
Inserting/Deleting rows & columns
 	
Hide & Unhide Rows/Columns
 	
Altering column widths and row heights
 	
Adding Colours/Borders/Shading
 	
Alignment & Merging cells
 	
Wrapping text into paragraphs
 	
Number formatting
 	
Format painter
 	
Add/Edit comments


Conditional Formatting

 	
Use of Data bars, Colour scales & Icon sets


Printing

 	
Print preview
 	
Working with Page Break Preview
 	
Adjusting Margins
 	
Shrink to fit
 	
Setting different Print areas
 	
Headers and Footers
 	
Repeating heading over multiple pages


Larger documents

 	
Splitting and freezing
 	
Zoom


Graphs

 	
Insert Chart v Quick chart
 	
Bar/Line/Pie charts
 	
Adding/Editing:
Headings, Borders, Legends, Data Table
 	
Printing Charts







































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Excel Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-excel-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 13:49:02
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 13:49:02
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4516
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [32] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4517
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:09:51
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:09:51
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Excel Intermediate course looks at some of the more sophisticated features needed to simplify (and speed up) working with large amounts of data in terms of formatting, formulae and security.   We also cover useful analysis tools required when working in working with lists of data such as sorting, filters and pivot tables.

Users needing to move to the next stage of Excel mastery to simplify their day to day usage of the product (and to save time) by using more advanced features including 3-d formulae, data handling and working with large sheets.

At the end of this Microsoft Excel Intermediate course, delegates will be able to take advantage of Excel’s features to better manage and protect their spreadsheets and to analyse data quickly and efficiently.

This course assumes attendance of our Microsoft Excel Introductory course (or equivalent knowledge).

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

3d Worksheets

 	
Copy, Move, Rename, Hide worksheets
 	
Group editing and formatting
 	
3d calculations & 3d Autosum


Linking Workbooks

 	
View multiple sheets simultaneously
 	
Creating & Managing links


Range Names

 	
Why use them?
 	
Assigning names
 	
Using names (in formulae and Go To)
 	
Named constants


Data Validation

 	
Controlling data entry
 	
Customising messages and Error alerts
 	
Creating Drop-down Lists (with range names)


Protection

 	
Adding passwords to files
 	
Protecting cells from being altered
 	
Go To function for cell selection


Working with Data

 	
Highlighting data blocks quickly
 	
Sorting – Quick sort, multi field sort, colour sort
 	
Autofilter

 	
Using logical parameters


 	
Subtotals – to summarise data


Pivot Tables / Charts

 	
Understanding how they work
 	
Manual report v Quick report
 	
Adding & Moving fields
 	
Summary functions inc. %
 	
Formatting fields and reports
 	
Filtering data
 	
Charts
 	
Editing and changing data
 	
Refreshing data
 	
Slicers


Sparklines


Optional Topics (time permitting)

 	
Tables - Create, Modify and Format




































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Excel Intermediate course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-excel-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 13:48:07
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 13:48:07
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4517
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [33] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4518
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:13:19
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:13:19
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Excel Advanced course is predominantly mathematics based, concentrating on the use of complex formulae and logic within formulae.   It also covers some less used but still useful advanced features.

Users who need to use and explore more complex formulas that will make Excel ‘do the work’ for them.

At the end of this Microsoft Excel Advanced course, delegates will be aware of the capabilities, and uses, of some of the more advanced functions within Excel.

You should be able to follow spoken and written instructions clearly and be comfortable carrying out maths and logic calculations as the course has large elements of mathematical and technical content.    To that end you must have attended the Excel Intermediate course (or have equivalent experience).

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Using Logic

 	
IF statements and nested IF’s
 	
Conditions – AND/OR/NOT
 	
IFERROR
 	
SUMIF/s; COUNTIF/s; AVERAGEIF/s


Lookup Tables

 	
Range Names review
 	
VLOOKUP (range and exact match’s)
 	
MATCH & INDEX


Conditional Formatting

 	
Using logical parameters
 	
Using date ranges
 	
Using formulas


Using Mixed references


Find and Remove duplicates


Data Validation

 	
Dynamic and Data dependent lists – OFFSET, INDIRECT


String Functions

 	
Joining Text and Cells together (&)
 	
LEFT, MID, RIGHT, LEN, FIND, TRIM,
 	
SUBSTITUTE, VALUE, EXACT, DATEVALUE


Useful Functions

 	
SUMPRODUCT, RANK
 	
Calculations using Dates and Times e.g. DATEDIF, TEXT, WEEKNUM


Text to Columns feature


Advanced Charting

 	
Adding non-adjacent data
 	
Mixing chart types
 	
Using dual Y-axis
 	
Adding Trendlines
 	
Bar of Pie; Pie of Pie


Optional Topics (time permitting)

 	
Importing Data

 	
Import data from text files (Import Wizard)


 	
Hyperlinks - to link a cell, sheet, document or web page
 	
Useful Add-ins

 	
Printing grouped worksheets and multiple workbooks
































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Excel Advanced course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-excel-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 13:47:15
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 13:47:15
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4518
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [34] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4519
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:18:23
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:18:23
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Excel Advanced 2 course introduces delegates to a number of advanced features of data management including ‘What-if’ data analysis tools, form creation tools, customisation and Macro automation as well as exploring some of the less commonly used features of this product.

Power users who need to enhance their existing knowledge and explore some of the less frequently used features of Excel.

At the end of this Microsoft Excel Advanced 2 course, delegates will be aware of some of the uses of the more sophisticated features of Excel.

Delegates must have attended our Excel Advanced Level 1 course (or have equivalent knowledge and experience).

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
NOTE:   We only offer this Microsoft Excel Advanced 2 course on a private in-house basis.

Templates

 	
Creating, using and editing a template
 	
Read Only files


Useful Features

 	
Creating Custom Views
 	
Workbook Protection
 	
Summarising data using Outlining tools
 	
Customising Ribbons


Forecasting Tools

 	
Goal seek
 	
Scenario Manager
 	
Data Tables (1 and 2 way)
 	
Solver


Array Formulae

 	
Simple Arrays
 	
Arrays using criteria
 	
Frequency function
 	
Dynamic Arrays


Managing Formulae

 	
Tracing precedents and dependents
 	
Tracing errors
 	
Evaluating formulas
 	
Using the Watch Window


Advanced Pivot Tables

 	
Grouping / Timelines
 	
Adding calculated fields
 	
Slicing multiple Pivot tables
 	
Adding conditional formatting
 	
% Difference from


Number/Date Formatting

 	
Creating bespoke number formats
 	
Creating bespoke date formats


Creating Custom Forms

 	
Check boxes, option buttons, combo boxes, lists and spinners


Macro Basics

 	
(Macros are covered fully on the Excel VBA course)

 	
What is a macro?
 	
Security levels
 	
Record a simple macro
 	
Assign shortcut keys
 	
Create a macro ribbon

 	
Add/Remove a tab and icon
 	
assign a macro to a icon


 	
Deleting macros






































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Excel Advanced 2 course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-excel-advanced-2-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-09-28 08:00:58
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-09-28 08:00:58
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4519
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [35] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4520
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:21:17
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:21:17
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Excel VBA course teaches delegates how to develop custom built applications with Excel's Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) programming language.   VBA allows you to automate cumbersome repetitive everyday tasks and gives you the ability to build in-house custom applications that are user driven.

Programmers (and dabblers) who need to create sophisticated applications for data presentation using custom dialogue boxes and menus through use of structured macros and macro code.

At the end of this Microsoft Excel VBA course delegates will be able to:

 	
Record and debug simple macros
 	
Write and edit VBA code
 	
Build procedures which interact with the user


It is essential that delegates have attended an Excel Advanced Course or have a similar knowledge.  An understanding of Visual Basic programming elements and concepts would be extremely useful.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:   We only offer this Microsoft Excel VBA course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Getting Started

 	
Recording VBA
 	
Buttons to run Macros
 	
Macro Security


Visual Basic Editor

 	
Overview of Menus and Toolbars
 	
Project Explorer
 	
Local, Immediate and Watch Windows
 	
Short cuts
 	
Object explorer
 	
Addins to the Editor


Programming Basics

 	
Objects, Properties and Methods
 	
Comments
 	
Code Layout
 	
Location of Code
 	
Subs, Functions and Events


Excel Object Model

 	
Range Object
 	
Worksheet Object
 	
Workbook Object
 	
Events
 	
Add-ins
 	
Worksheet Functions


Ribbons

 	
Using Custom UI Editor
 	
Adding New Ribbons
 	
Adding Groups and Buttons


Programming Structures

 	
Sub and Function Statements
 	
Decision Code

 	
If Statement
 	
Select Case Statement


 	
Loops

 	
Do Loop
 	
For Loop
 	
For Each Loop


 	
With Statement
 	
Msgbox and Inputbox


Variables

 	
Naming Variables
 	
Types of Variables
 	
Using Parameters
 	
Variable Lifetime and Scope


User-Defined Forms

 	
Basic Form Design
 	
Form Handling and Events


Error Handling

 	
Trapping Errors
 	
Err Object
 	
Debugging Techniques


Development Process

 	
Modular Code
 	
Flow Control
 	
Test Plans

































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Excel VBA course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-excel-vba-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 13:43:18
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 13:43:18
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4520
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [36] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4522
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:24:15
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:24:15
                    [post_content] => This Excel Power Pivot Introduction course shows how you can generate rich and interactive Power Pivot reports that look like they have been weeks in development.

The Excel Power Pivot feature provides Business Intelligence (BI) functionality and reporting on a scale previously unimaginable with pivot tables e.g. you can process millions of rows of data.  It provides deeper business insights, in a fraction of the time, using familiar Excel tools.

Anyone using Excel to create complex reports, or needing advanced data analytics to process, analyze and display data.

At the end of this Excel Power Pivot Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Understand how Power Pivot builds on PivotTables, slicers and key analytical functions
 	
Import data, from a variety of sources, and quickly relate them to deliver key information
 	
Write powerful formulae in the DAX language
 	
Create Dashboards, to visually display your data, using Power View


Delegates must have attended the Excel Advanced course or have equivalent experience and understand PivotTables.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:   We only offer the Microsoft 365 Excel Power Pivot Introduction course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Overview

 	
Why use Power Pivot?
 	
Navigating the interface


Importing Data

 	
Importing from various Data sources
 	
Data Connections
 	
Refreshing Data


Building Data Models

 	
Create relationships between tables
 	
One-to-Many Relationships
 	
Deriving relationships from data sources with the Relationships tool and the Diagram View


Fixing common data issues with Power Query

 	
Extracting, Transforming and Loading (ETL) data
 	
Converting data formats with Power Query steps
 	
Parsing columns to aid analysis
 	
Removing duplicates
 	
Create a single data set from multiple sources with the same field headings


Excel Tables

 	
Why Excel Tables are important
 	
Using Slicers to filter data
 	
Adding Linked Tables to the Data Model


Excel Pivot Tables Recap

 	
Understanding the structure
 	
Changing the Layout
 	
Using filters
 	
Grouping data for ad-hoc subtotals
 	
Grouping dates


Creating PivotTables with PowerPivot

 	
What’s different in a PowerPivot Pivot Table?
 	
Creating a PivotTable with Power Pivot data
 	
Using the Field list with the Data Model
 	
How Drill-down differs in Power Pivot
 	
Creating a flattened Pivot Table to analyse combinations of unique data


Working with Dates

 	
Why a Date (Calendar) Table is required
 	
Generate a Date Table
 	
Mark as a Date Table
 	
Grouping dates for time analysis
 	
Comparing and categorising time periods with Time Intelligence functions


Using Slicers to Filter Data

 	
Using Slicers
 	
Connecting Slicers to more than one PivotTable


Building DAX (Data Analysis eXpressions) Formulas

 	
Formula basics
 	
DAX Data Types
 	
DAX Operators
 	
Defining Calculated Columns
 	
DAX Measure Examples
 	
RELATED(), CALCULATE(), SWITCH()


KPIs – Setting key business targets

 	
Analysing performance with calculated fields
 	
Gauging performance against goals


Dashboards

 	
Articulating and analysing data
 	
Drilling down into data using a hierarchy
 	
Managing data with perspectives
 	
Identifying patterns/trends in Power Pivot data with Power View charts
 	
PivotTable slicers and Power View filters



























                    [post_title] => Excel Power Pivot Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => excel-power-pivot-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-08-18 10:26:23
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-08-18 10:26:23
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4522
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [37] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4523
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:27:10
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:27:10
                    [post_content] => In this Microsoft Excel Power Query course you'll learn how Excel gets data from almost anywhere (web, databases, Excel files, SharePoint, Salesforce etc.) and enables you to tidy it up it in many ways (clean, transform, merge and append).  Non-technical Excel users can analyse data and produce reports quickly using it’s GUI interface that’s easier to learn than formulas or VBA.

Anyone using Excel to clean and reformat data to produce reports.

At the end of this Microsoft Excel Power Query course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create effective and professional reports
 	
Gather and transform data from multiple sources
 	
Discover and combine data in mashups
 	
Learn about data model creation
 	
Explore, analyze, and visualize data


Delegates must have advanced knowledge, experience and understanding of PivotTables.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:   We only offer this Microsoft Excel Power Query course course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Introduction

 	
What is it?
 	
Installing Power Query
 	
The interface


Common Data Import Sources

 	
Working with CSV; Text; Excel Files
 	
Importing multiple files
 	
Working with web data
 	
Scraping Data from web pages
 	
Call to a Web Service


Folders and Multiple Files

 	
Get data from Windows File manager
 	
Combining Data from Multiple Files


Working with Columns

 	
Name; Move; Split; Merge
 	
Add/Remove; Format; reorder


Filtering and Sorting

 	
Using Auto-Filter
 	
Using Number, Text and Date Filters
 	
Filtering Rows by Range
 	
Removing Duplicate Values
 	
Filtering out Rows with Errors
 	
Sorting
 	
Grouping rows


Changing Values in a Table

 	
Replacing Values
 	
Transformations: - Text; Number; Date/Time
 	
Replacing Missing Values
 	
Removing spaces, special characters


Table Transformations

 	
Unpivoting Columns to Rows
 	
Transposing a Table
 	
Creating Custom Columns


Loading Data

 	
Into a Worksheet
 	
Into the Excel Data Model
 	
Table Relationships
 	
Refreshing Queries Manual & Auto


Query Editor

 	
Edit Query Steps and Settings
 	
Refresh a Query


Queries

 	
Understanding Power Query’s M language syntax
 	
Merging tables and queries
 	
Using functions in columns
 	
Using IF statements
 	
Creating custom functions
 	
Implementing dynamic parameter tables
 	
Creating calendar tables
 	
Sharing queries
 	
Best practice

































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Excel Power Query course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-excel-power-query-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-10-21 10:34:55
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-10-21 10:34:55
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4523
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [38] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4524
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 11:30:20
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 11:30:20
                    [post_content] => Our Microsoft Power BI Introduction course will introduce delegates to Power BI which is a cloud-based business analytics service that allows you to gather, shape, analyse and visually explore data.   The Power BI Desktop is where you CREATE data models and build visual reports.   Once reports are created most use the Power BI Service i.e. App.PowerBI.com to create Dashboards they can share with others to view and interact with, via browsers or on mobile devices.

This basic course is aimed at users new to Power BI to enable them to analyse data and create interesting visual reports.

Business/Data analysts or anyone who needs to interpret and communicate large quantities of information clearly by summarising it into easy-to-read tables and graphs.

At the end of this Microsoft Power BI Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Use Power BI to analyse your data
 	
Access, prepare and create basic transformations of your data
 	
Use data modelling and exploration
 	
Create rich, interactive reports and visualizations


Delegates should have extensive Excel analytical skills including Pivot tables and an understanding of database principles would also be useful.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook (Adobe pdf format) and other useful reference materials where applicable.

NOTE:   We only offer this Microsoft Power BI Introduction course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

What is Microsoft Power BI?

 	
The Power BI environment
 	
Working with the Fields and Visualisation Panes
 	
Using Report View and Data View


Data Sources

 	
Using the following data sources:

 	
Excel, CSV/Text files
 	
Folders and SQL server




Data Model Relationships

 	
Understanding the Data Model
 	
Data and Relationship Views
 	
Creating and Managing relationships


Introduction to DAX

 	
Why are custom calculations useful?
 	
Creating Calculated Columns & Measures
 	
Understanding Evaluation Context
 	
Using COUNTROWS and DistinctCount
 	
SUMX and CALCULATE


Calendars

 	
Importance of calendars
 	
Creating a calendar via DAX


Using Queries

 	
The role of Queries in data import
 	
Extract, Transform & Load (ETL)
 	
Working with Applied Steps
 	
Exploring some data transformations

 	
Unpivot and Split columns
 	
Extract
 	
Group


 	
Replacing values

 	
Calculated columns
 	
Append and Merge Queries




Publishing to the Power BI Service

 	
Publish your Report to PowerBI.com





















 

 




















                    [post_title] => Microsoft Power BI Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-power-bi-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-08-23 08:46:21
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-08-23 08:46:21
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4524
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [39] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4531
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 12:11:07
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 12:11:07
                    [post_content] => On this Microsoft 365 End User training course delegates will use Office Web Apps, OneDrive, SharePoint Online and Teams to gain a better understanding of how they all interact with one another in the cloud.

Microsoft 365 is Microsoft’s cloud based subscription service.   It consists of many familiar Office products and can be managed and configured through an online portal. Being cloud based users can access their applications and files from virtually anywhere and will always have the most up-to-date version of the Office applications.

Note:  This standard course is totally customisable to suit the way your business works.   Feel free to pick and mix content to create your own tailored course from the list of optional topics.

Users migrating to or using Microsoft 365.

At the end of this Microsoft 365 End User training course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Understand and navigate within the cloud and OneDrive
 	
Use WebApps e.g. Outlook, Excel, Word
 	
Use Teams for communicating with others
 	
Work within SharePoint as a user


Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft Office and Windows.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft 365 End User training course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Microsoft 365 Overview

 	
Introducing Cloud Computing
 	
Identifying web apps - Outlook, Office Online, OneDrive, SharePoint and Teams
 	
Signing In/Out
 	
Navigating around Microsoft 365
 	
Customising the Microsoft 365 Nav Bar
 	
Updating your Microsoft 365 Profile


 Using the Outlook Web App

 	
Overview of Outlook Online
 	
Working with Email and Folders
 	
Outlook People and IM Contacts
 	
Using the Calendar
 	
Shared Calendars
 	
Tasks, Flagged emails, ToDo
 	
Setting Outlook options, Signatures, Automatic Replies and Rules
 	
Settings Cog


Using Teams for Video/Audio calls

 	
Teams overview and basics
 	
Using Video or Phone audio
 	
Meetings / Conference Calls

 	
Scheduling and Joining Meetings
 	
Inviting / Adding people to meetings


 	
Meeting tools – Whiteboard, Recording, Taking notes
 	
Share Desktop


Working with OneDrive for Business

 	
What is OneDrive?
 	
Navigating OneDrive
 	
Accessing Content – Open / Save / Upload
 	
Sharing Documents / folders
 	
Collaborating with web apps
 	
Managing permissions
 	
Managing deleted files
 	
Version control
 	
OneDrive integration with MS Office


Office Web Apps Interface

 	
Word, Excel, PowerPoint – the Ribbon and contextual tabs, Some new features
 	
Creating and editing documents in ‘The Cloud’
 	
Sharing documents and collaborating with colleagues online
 	
Manage "Places" when saving – Microsoft 365 & SharePoint
 	
Working with document Versions
 	
Find files you've recently opened
 	
Manage file sharing and compatibility issues
 	
Revamped Printing options


SharePoint Online

 	
SharePoint v Teams v OneDrive – where to save files?
 	
Group site v Team site
 	
Understanding document libraries
 	
Using a Team Site for collaborative working and Team discussions
 	
Permissions and site settings
 	
Sharing Calendars and Task lists
 	
Team Discussions in SharePoint Online
 	
Searching and Navigating


Optional Topics (for customised courses)

 	
Teams
 	
Forms
 	
Yammer
 	
Delve
 	
Planner
 	
Flow










































                    [post_title] => Microsoft 365 End User training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-365-end-user-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-08-19 12:07:32
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-08-19 12:07:32
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4531
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [40] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4532
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 12:12:28
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 12:12:28
                    [post_content] => This Office 365 Outlook 2019 Introduction course covers the basic skills required to manage email messages and tasks efficiently.

This course is designed for people who rely on Outlook for e-mail communication both internally and with external customers.

At the end of this Office 365 Outlook 2019 Introduction course, delegates will be able to communicate with others inside and outside their company, manage messages effectively, control and customise their emails and folders and apply a variety of useful time saving features

No prior knowledge is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Customised Option

If required you can customise the content to create your own course.  Just “Pick ‘n’ Mix” content from the Introduction and Advanced courses and we will accommodate your requirements.

Note:  We only offer this Office 365 Outlook 2019 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

E-Mail

 	
Create, Reply & Forward
 	
Address books (global & personal)
 	
Create Distribution lists
 	
Handling message options
 	
Attachments:- Send, Receive, Preview
 	
Printing messages
 	
Save Drafts
 	
Recall & Resend
 	
Using Hyperlinks
 	
Spell & Grammar checker
 	
Conversations


Message Options

 	
To:, Cc:, Bcc:
 	
Sensitivity & Priority
 	
Delay and Expirations
 	
Categories
 	
Read and Delivery Receipts
 	
Rich Text v Plain Text v HTML
 	
Applying Follow Up flags
 	
Delivery & Expiry dates/times


Folders

 	
Sort/Move/Delete messages
 	
Create/Move/Rename/Delete Folders
 	
Restore Deleted messages
 	
Using the Field chooser
 	
Define & Amend Views
 	
Conversation view


Organising Mail

 	
The Organise feature
 	
Rules Wizard to control messages
 	
For Junk email
 	
Modify/Disable rules
 	
Using Colours and Views
 	
‘Out of Office’ messages


Find

 	
Instant search
 	
Advanced Find options
 	
Creating Search Folders


Voting Buttons

 	
Creating and Managing votes


Customisation

 	
Personal folders
 	
The Organize pane
 	
AutoSignatures
 	
Mailbox permissions
 	
Customising Outlook Today


Archiving

 	
Understanding PST files
 	
AutoArchive settings and Archive Folders


Mailbox Cleanup

 	
Viewing mailbox sizes




































                    [post_title] => Outlook 2019 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => outlook-2019-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 15:04:56
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 15:04:56
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4532
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [41] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4534
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 12:13:47
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 12:13:47
                    [post_content] => This Office 365 Outlook 2019 Advanced course covers the skills required to manage Outlook’s Calendar, Contacts and Tasks features efficiently.

This course is designed for anyone wanting to organise and view their data and time commitments in many ways.

At the end of this Office 365 Outlook 2019 Advanced course, delegates will be able to create and manage calendars, tasks and their contacts effectively.

Delegates should have attended or be familiar with the content of the Introduction course.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable. These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Customised Option
If required you can customise the content to create your own course.  Just “Pick ‘n’ Mix” content from the Introduction and Advanced course and we will accommodate your requirements
 
NOTE: We only offer this Office 365 Outlook 2019 Advanced course on a private in-house basis. For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Calendar

 	
Set Workdays and Time
 	
Display an Additional Time Zone
 	
Set Availability Options
 	
Creating Appointments/Events/Meetings
 	
View, Copy, Move dates/times
 	
Recurring events - Series v Occurrence
 	
Setting permissions
 	
Setting Reminders
 	
Managing meeting requests
 	
Responding to Meetings – Decline, Accept, Amend, Change
 	
Adding Attendees, Distribution Lists & Resources
 	
Scheduling/Free time for meetings
 	
Using AutoPick & Tracking
 	
Amend/Send/Cancel Updates
 	
Side by Side calendars
 	
Share/View multiple calendars
 	
Schedule view
 	
Email calendar snapshots
 	
Calendar overlays

Adding National Holidays

Contacts

 	
Creating contacts
 	
Customising Views
 	
General, Details and Activities Tab
 	
Assigning Categories & Colours
 	
Sending and Receiving vCards
 	
Adding new contacts from email
 	
Creating/Editing Distribution Lists
 	
Emailing to Distribution lists
 	
Contact Card (only if using Microsoft Office Communicator)


Creating a Calendar for a Resource

 	
Giving Permissions
 	
Booking a resource, using Room Finder
 	
Viewing & Cancelling bookings
 	
Managing Resources


Categories

 	
Applying & Viewing
 	
Master List v Adding to List


Shared Folders

 	
Creating a Shared Folder
 	
Folder Types & Permissions
 	
Saving Messages
 	
Copying Documents & Viewing contents
 	
Managing a Shared Folder


Tasks (To Do bar)

 	
Recurring & Prioritising
 	
Assigning Categories
 	
Viewing, Status & Completing
 	
Integrating tasks with the Calendar
 	
Assigning tasks to Others
 	
Accepting/Declining tasks
 	
Completing tasks
 	
Tracking the progress of tasks


Mail Merge

 	
Merge e-mail with Outlook contacts


Other Outlook Features

 	
Create electronic Business Cards
 	
Setting as Start Up Folder
 	
The Journal
 	
Using Notes







































                    [post_title] => Outlook 2019 Advanced course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => outlook-2019-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 15:02:48
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 15:02:48
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4534
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [42] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4540
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 12:25:14
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 12:25:14
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft PowerPoint Advanced course focuses on the advanced features of PowerPoint, including multimedia and template management.  After attending this course you’ll be able to produce more interesting, engaging, and meaningful presentations.

Learning topics include:-  controlling global settings with slide masters and templates, applying effects such as transitions and timings, the use of multimedia and special effects, charts and packaging it all together.

Anyone needing to include multimedia to visually transforms their presentations into a powerful means of communication and those needing to upgrade their skills.

At the end of this Microsoft PowerPoint Advanced course, delegates will be able to design templates and work with multimedia to create professional looking presentations.

Delegates should have attended our Introduction course or have equivalent knowledge.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Slide Masters

 	
View and use the Slide Master
 	
Notes Master Placeholders and Handout master
 	
Insert dates, times, numbering and logo's
 	
Formatting: Title area, Objects, Colours Headers/Footers


Templates

 	
Create Customised Presentations
 	
Use Design Template on a slide/master
 	
Apply Colour Schemes
 	
Customisation of Slide Background
 	
Apply, Save & Delete templates


Slide Shows

 	
The Slide navigator
 	
Timings – Slide and Transitions
 	
Hiding Slides
 	
Customised Show and Loops
 	
Create and use Hyperlinks
 	
Action Buttons & Slide Finder
 	
Action Controls to navigate a slide show
 	
Summary & Agenda Slides


Special Effects

 	
Preset Animation Effects
 	
Add Custom Animation Objects
 	
Animation Timings & Charts
 	
Multimedia Settings
 	
Inserting Animated GIF’s


Audio & Video

 	
Add Sounds & Video & Record narration
 	
Add Bookmarks to video
 	
Trim Audio/Video clips
 	
Hyperlink to video on web sites
 	
Add a Motion path animation and Trigger


Custom Charts

 	
Gridlines, Axes, Titles & Data Series
 	
3-d view, Explode pie charts
 	
Import an Excel Chart – OLE


Organisation Charts

 	
Add Managers, Subordinates & Positions
 	
Manipulate Boxes, Drawing & Format Lines


Diagrams

 	
Add, Modify and Format


Present to a Wider Audience

 	
Shared Workspace
 	
Embed Fonts & Picture Compression
 	
Package for USB
 	
Viewer and Meeting Minder
 	
Schedule an Online Meeting
 	
Schedule and Start a Broadcast


Export

 	
Export Outlines, Notes & Handouts to Word
 	
Save slides as graphics
 	
Export to PDF, Colour Overheads or Prints

































                    [post_title] => Microsoft PowerPoint Advanced Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-powerpoint-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-11-01 12:52:59
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-11-01 12:52:59
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4540
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [43] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4539
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 12:28:42
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 12:28:42
                    [post_content] => If you need to create professional good quality presentations that grab and hold your audience’s attention, then our Microsoft 365 PowerPoint Introduction course is the place to start.  You’ll learn how to plan a presentation for your audience by using text, colours, graphics/images, tables and charts and finally put it all together with animated slide shows.

Anyone who has to present to an audience.

At the end of this Microsoft PowerPoint Introduction course, delegates will be able to manipulate text and images to create professional looking presentations and be able to create simple slide shows.

No prior experience with Microsoft PowerPoint is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Understand the screen layout

 	
Ribbons and contextual tabs
 	
Quick Access Toolbar (QAT) customising
 	
Views: Reading, Notes, Slide show, Backstage
 	
Understanding Placeholders
 	
Using Grids and Guides


Using Basic Presentation Skills

 	
Creating a new presentation
 	
Understanding text levels
 	
Selecting/Changing a design template
 	
Navigating slides – Adding a new slide; switching views; slide layouts
 	
Using the AutoContent Wizard


Using the Outline Pane

 	
Creating/Editing text and bullets
 	
Collapsing and expanding slides
 	
Demoting, promoting & moving text
 	
Adding, Deleting & Reordering slides


Correcting Spelling and Text Errors

 	
Checking spelling as you type
 	
Find and replace text


Enhancing Presentation Text

 	
Font – size, style, effects, alignment, paragraph spacing and formats
 	
Format painter
 	
Setting Tabs and Indents


Numbers and Bullets

 	
Creating, editing and formatting lists


General

 	
Organise slides into sections
 	
Merge & Compare


Using Graphics

 	
Inserting Shapes, Images & SmartArt
 	
Align/Group/Ungroup objects
 	
Crop/Move/Resize a graphic
 	
Formatting graphics
 	
Special effects e.g. remove backgrounds
 	
Photo Albums


Tables and Charts

 	
Creating and formatting Tables
 	
Creating & formatting an Organisation chart
 	
Creating and formatting graphs – Bar/Line/Pie


Slide Shows

 	
Creating and Running slide shows
 	
Creating notes pages
 	
Using transitions and text build
 	
Use 3d motion transitions
 	
Hiding/un-hiding slides


Printing, Sending, and Publishing

 	
Printing presentations – slides, outlines, speaker notes, handouts
 	
Sending a presentation via e-mail
 	
Publishing a presentation to the Web
 	
Save as a slide show / video






























                    [post_title] => Microsoft PowerPoint Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-powerpoint-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-11-01 12:51:30
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-11-01 12:51:30
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4539
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [44] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4547
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 12:37:35
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 12:37:35
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Project 2021 Introduction course is designed for those who require an introduction to the use of Microsoft Project as an effective tool for project planning, task scheduling, tracking and evaluation.   You will learn the critical knowledge and skills a project manager needs to enter, organize, and link tasks, work with resources and create basic reports.

Project managers and those who need to  create or manage project plans.

At the end of this Microsoft Project 2021 Introduction course, delegates will be able to create and manage straightforward projects i.e. define a new project, create and organize tasks, manage resources and finalize a project plan.

No prior knowledge of Microsoft Project is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.    These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft Project 2021 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.

Fundamentals/Guidelines for Project Management

 	
What is Project Management?
 	
What are the characteristics of a Project?
 	
Guidelines: Preliminaries, Planning, Managing
 	
Terminology
 	
Screen layout, Ribbons, Views


Setting up a New Project

 	
Creating a new project file
 	
Entering Background Information
 	
Setting the Start/End Date
 	
Setting up the Working Day
 	
Manual or Automatic Scheduling?
 	
Setting the Default Task Type
 	
Turning on the Project Summary Task
 	
Setting Date/Currency format, User Name & Entry Bar


The Importance of Calendars

 	
Base; Project; Resource and Task Calendars
 	
How calendar option settings affect working times


Defining the Base Calendar

 	
Adding Holidays or other non-working days
 	
Recurring Dates


Adding Tasks

 	
Manual or Automatic Scheduling?
 	
Task Durations and Milestones
 	
Elapsed Units
 	
Task Types
 	
Linking Tasks to create Task Dependencies
 	
Link tasks using a drop-down menu
 	
Task Summary Name field
 	
Lead and Lag Time
 	
Constraints and Deadlines
 	
The Task Path Feature


Outlining Tasks

 	
Collapsing & Expanding the Outline
 	
Work Breakdown Structures


Critical Path

 	
Displaying the Critical Path in colour
 	
Slack Time
 	
Crashing the Project


Filtering Tasks

 	
Filtering Tasks with Autofilter or via the Ribbon


Project Views

 	
Gantt Charts
 	
Network Diagram
 	
The Calendar View
 	
Customising the Gantt Chart
 	
Fitting the Gantt Chart to the screen
 	
Fine tuning the Timescale
 	
Non-Working Time display
 	
Changing Column Widths
 	
Timeline View
 	
Adding Tasks to the Timeline
 	
Timeline bar labels and task progress


Working with Resources

 	
Resource Pools
 	
Adding Resources to the Resource Sheet
 	
Types of Resource
 	
Resource Availability
 	
Assigning Resources
 	
Resource Assignment Dialogue Box
 	
Using Multiple Resources on a Single Task
 	
Resource Information – Change Working Time
 	
Viewing Resource Assignments
 	
Team Planner View
 	
Resource Usage View
 	
Task Usage View


Resource Leveling

 	
Over-allocated Resources
 	
When and Why Resources should be Leveled
 	
Leveling Results
 	
Manual Leveling
 	
Splitting Task Assignments Option
 	
Viewing the results of Leveling
 	
Leveling Gantt View


Costs

 	
Add variable resource costs
 	
Cost accrual
 	
Add fixed costs to tasks
 	
View cost breakdowns


Tracking Progress

 	
Overview
 	
Baselines & Interim Plans
 	
Who Will Track Progress?
 	
How to Track Progress
 	
Inactivating a Task


Printing/Reporting

 	
Print Preview & Printing
 	
Manual Page Formatting
 	
View standard Project reports
 	
Produce visual reports
 	
Display and print the timeline





















                    [post_title] => Microsoft Project 2021 Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-project-2021-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2023-01-20 10:49:21
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2023-01-20 10:49:21
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4547
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [45] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4548
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 12:40:17
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 12:40:17
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Project 2021 Advanced course is introduces delegates to the advanced knowledge and skills a project manager needs to update a project plan during the execution, monitoring, and controlling phases of a project.  This includes features such as, baselines, reporting, fields and filters, earned value analysis, managing multiple projects and templates.

Existing Project users who wish to learn more advanced features of the product to properly track and report on a project.

At the end of this Microsoft Project 2021 Advanced course, delegates will be able to manage multiple projects through the proper assignment of tasks and resources and be able to track progress and report on projects.  You will be able to monitor project progress and adjust the project plan to control constraints.

Delegates should have attended our Project 2021 Introduction course or have equivalent knowledge and real-world experience.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft Project 2021 Advanced course on a private in-house basis.

Keeping the Project Up to Date

 	
Overview
 	
Who will track progress?
 	
Baselines & Interim Plans
 	
How to Track Progress
 	
Tools to help in updating the Schedule
 	
The Update Tasks dialogue box
 	
Tracking Table
 	
Task Usage and Resource Usage Views
 	
The Update Project Dialog Box
 	
Progress Lines
 	
Multiple Progress Lines
 	
Setting Progress Dates and formatting Progress Lines
 	
Dates and Intervals tab
 	
Actual vs Baseline
 	
Line Styles tab


Views, Tables, Filters & Reports

 	
Views, Tables, Filters
 	
Highlights
 	
Groups


Reports

 	
Dashboard; Resource; Cost; Progress
 	
Using a report in PowerPoint or Word
 	
Printing Reports
 	
Creating your own reports
 	
Visual Reports


Working with Fields

 	
Custom Flag to indicate a slipped task
 	
Cumulative Fields


Working with Filters

 	
Custom Filter Definitions
 	
Filter Test Options
 	
Multiple Criteria in a Filter
 	
Interactive Filters
 	
Wildcards with Equals/Not Equals Test
 	
Comparing Two Fields in a Filter
 	
Calculations in Filters
 	
The Using Resource filter
 	
AutoFilter and New Filters


Working with Multiple Projects

 	
Shared Resource Pools
 	
Using another project’s resources in your project
 	
Combining resources from multiple projects
 	
Updating the Resource Pool
 	
Opening a Shared Resource Pool
 	
Open the resource pool as read-only; read/write
 	
Open the resource pool and all other sharer files
 	
Opening a file which uses a shared Resource Pool
 	
Open the resource pool to see assignments across all sharer files


Consolidating Projects Manually

 	
Creating hierarchies
 	
Keeping information up-to-date automatically
 	
Making a consolidated project quickly for printing
 	
Inserting projects into an existing project
 	
Creating task dependencies across projects
 	
Changing task information in an inserted project
 	
Linking Project Field Values


Earned Value Analysis

 	
Displaying earned value
 	
Using reports
 	
Using views
 	
Interpreting earned value
 	
Status Date
 	
Setting % complete type for earned value analysis
 	
Changing the default % complete setting
 	
Changing the % complete setting for specific tasks
 	
More about % complete
 	
Advantages of Earned Value Analysis
 	
The Most Common Earned Value Mistakes


Working with Templates

 	
Using Templates
 	
Creating a Template
 	
What is GLOBAL.MPT ?
 	
Using the Organizer


Task Inspector


The Task Path feature






























                    [post_title] => Microsoft Project 2021 Advanced Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-project-2021-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2023-01-20 10:52:43
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2023-01-20 10:52:43
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4548
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [46] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4566
                    [post_author] => 2
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-15 16:14:50
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-15 16:14:50
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Visio 2019 Introduction course provides practical guidance on how to create a range of business and technical diagrams and layouts.  You will learn the concepts of creating various floor plans, flow charts, ideas, processes, maps etc. using Microsoft’s extensive shapes, themes and gallery's to manipulate diagrams and make information easier to comprehend.

Users new to Visio or those who have to create a range of diagrams and drawings such as flowcharts, business diagrams, drawings, office floor plans, organisation charts etc.

At the end of this Microsoft Visio 2019 Introduction course delegates will be able to create, format and prints a wide range of professional looking visual diagrams.

No prior knowledge of Microsoft Visio is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft Visio 2019 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.

Introduction

 	
The Visio interface
 	
Starting Diagrams
 	
Templates & Stencils/Shapes/Quick Styles
 	
Zoom and Pan


Creating Diagrams

 	
Stencils – Floating and docking stencils
 	
Page layout
 	
Using Diagrams & backgrounds
 	
Guides, Rulers, Snap To, Auto Size, Auto Connect on/off
 	
Connection points, Universal connector


Basic Shapes and Text

 	
Using & Formatting shapes
 	
Glue, Align, Distribute, Group/Ungroup
 	
Shape text, Add text to shapes
 	
Text boxes & Formatting text & Connectors
 	
Graphic legends


Tools

 	
Pointer, Text, Rotate
 	
Connector & Connection point tools


Diagram Types – Creating and Formatting

 	
Flowcharts
 	
Organisation charts – Manual & Excel Quick Import
 	
Office layouts
 	
Network Diagrams
 	
Others


Drawing Objects and Layers

 	
Drawing objects
 	
Text on objects
 	
Using layers
 	
Creating, Viewing, Formatting layers
 	
Adding objects & Colours
 	
Distributing & Aligning Objects
 	
Scaling and Re-sizing objects


Creating pages

 	
Foreground and background pages
 	
Navigating pages
 	
Using Borders
 	
Hyperlinks
 	
Links to other pages
 	
Multi-page drawings


Miscellaneous

 	
Using Swimlanes
 	
Change shape function
 	
Shape effects – The Shapesheet
 	
Creating Styles and custom Stencils
 	
Creating a Template file & Custom master


Printing

 	
Print preview and parameters
 	
Scaling and measurement units
 	
Centre and Copy drawings
 	
To PDF




































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Visio 2019 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-visio-2019-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 14:48:51
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 14:48:51
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4566
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [47] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4617
                    [post_author] => 2
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-16 16:20:46
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-16 16:20:46
                    [post_content] => This Oracle Database 19c Administration course is designed to give the Oracle database administrator practical experience in administering, monitoring, tuning and troubleshooting an Oracle database.  A database administrator will gain an understanding of the architecture and processes of the Oracle database server. Delegates will learn how to ensure the integrity and availability of data and will also learn how to monitor the performance of a database, allocate resources with the Resource Manager and schedule jobs with the Oracle Job scheduler.

Delegate will practice:

 	
Administering an Oracle Database Instance
 	
Monitoring an Oracle Database
 	
Configuring the Oracle Network Environment
 	
Creating and Managing Database Storage Structures
 	
Managing Users, Profiles, Privileges and Roles
 	
Managing Undo Data and Temporary Segments
 	
Monitoring and Resolving Lock Conflicts
 	
Maintaining Database Security
 	
Implementing Database Auditing
 	
Monitoring the Performance of the Database
 	
Loading and Unloading Data
 	
Using the Job Scheduler
 	
Configuring a Database for Backup and Recovery


This Oracle Database 19c Administration course is for anyone who needs to administer, monitor and support an Oracle database.

How to administer an Oracle 19c database proficiently.

Delegates should have an understanding of relational database concepts and good operating system knowledge. They should have attended the Oracle SQL course or have a good working knowledge of Oracle SQL.  The ability to describe and use Oracle built-in PL/SQL packages would be highly advantageous but is not essential.

This course is run on a Linux operating system, a basic knowledge of Linux/UNIX is recommended but is not essential.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Note:  This Oracle 19c Administration course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

Introduction to Oracle Database

 	
Overview of the Oracle database
 	
Overview of the Oracle Cloud
 	
Relational database concepts
 	
Database administration tasks


Oracle 18c Architecture

 	
Overview of the Oracle database architecture
 	
The Oracle database instance
 	
Oracle Database memory structures
 	
Process architecture and structures
 	
Server and client processes
 	
The Oracle database storage architecture
 	
Connect to the Oracle database instance


Administer a Database Instance

 	
Administrative tools available to a DBA
 	
Use SQL*Plus in Oracle to manage a database instance
 	
Use SQL Developer to manage a database instance
 	
Administer the database using Enterprise Manager (EM)
 	
Overview of the Enterprise Manager framework
 	
Access Enterprise Manager Database Express
 	
The Enterprise Manager Database Express Home Page
 	
Enterprise Manager Cloud Control
 	
Initialization parameter files


Configure the Network Environment

 	
Overview of network configuration
 	
Oracle Net Listener configuration and management
 	
Oracle Net naming methods
 	
Tools for configuring and managing the Oracle network
 	
Using the Net Configuration Assistant
 	
Configure client connections with Net Manager
 	
View listener configuration
 	
Start and stop the Oracle listener
 	
Use TNSPING to test Oracle Net connectivity
 	
Connect to the database
 	
Configure Net Services with Enterprise Manager


Storage Structures

 	
Overview of data storage
 	
The database block
 	
Overview of tablespaces and datafiles
 	
Use Enterprise Manager to view the storage structure of the database
 	
Create and alter tablespace commands
 	
Temporary tablespaces
 	
Create and manage datafiles
 	
Use OMF
 	
Drop tablespaces and datafiles


Manage Users

 	
Predefined database administration accounts
 	
User accounts
 	
Create a user account
 	
User authentication
 	
Change a user's password
 	
Manage a user account
 	
Drop a user account
 	
Monitor user information
 	
Terminate user sessions
 	
Create a Schema Only Account


Manage profiles and Resources

 	
Overview of user profiles
 	
Profile resource parameters
 	
Create profile command
 	
Manage passwords with profiles
 	
Control resource usage with profiles
 	
Maintain profiles


Manage Privileges

 	
Database access
 	
Oracle supplied roles
 	
System and object level privileges
 	
The grant and revoke commands
 	
Create, modify and drop roles
 	
Use predefined roles


Manage Profiles and Resources

 	
Overview of user profiles
 	
Profile resource parameters
 	
Create profile command
 	
Manage passwords with profiles
 	
Control resource usage with profiles
 	
Maintain profiles


database Auditing

 	
Overview of database security
 	
Overview of database auditing
 	
Security compliance
 	
Standard auditing
 	
Unified audit trail
 	
Separation of audit responsibilities with the AUDIT_ADMIN and AUDIT_VIEWER roles
 	
Configure the audit trail
 	
Specify audit options


Data Concurrancy and Lock Conflicts

 	
Levels of locking in Oracle
 	
Methods used to acquire locks
 	
Data concurrency
 	
Possible causes of contention
 	
DML locks
 	
Prevent locking problems
 	
Detect lock contention
 	
Resolve conflicts


Undo Management

 	
Undo data overview
 	
Monitor and administer undo
 	
Configure undo retention
 	
Switch undo tablespaces
 	
Specify the retention period
 	
Guarantee undo retention
 	
Retention period for flashback queries
 	
View undo space information
 	
Use the undo advisor
 	
Size the undo tablespace
 	
Alter an undo tablespace to a fixed size


Backup and Recovery Configuration

 	
Oracle backup solutions
 	
Oracle suggested backup strategy
 	
Overview of database backup, restore and recover
 	
Flashback technology
 	
Types of failure
 	
Instance recovery
 	
Tune instance recovery
 	
The MTTR Advisor
 	
Media failure
 	
Configure a database for recoverability


Proactive Database Maintenance

 	
Database Maintenance
 	
View the alert log
 	
The Automatic Workload Repository
 	
Statistic levels
 	
The Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitoring
 	
Monitor an Oracle database
 	
Use the Advisors
 	
Set up notification rules


Performance Management

 	
Tuning information sources
 	
Performance monitoring
 	
Tuning activities
 	
Performance planning
 	
Instance tuning
 	
Performance tuning methodology
 	
Performance tuning data
 	
Monitoring performance
 	
Managing memory
 	
Manage Private Temporary Tables


SQL Tuning

 	
SQL tuning
 	
Cancel a SQL Statement in a Session
 	
The Oracle Optimizer
 	
SQL Plan directives
 	
Adaptive execution plans
 	
SQL Advisors
 	
Automatic SQL Tuning results
 	
Implement automatic tuning recommendations
 	
SQL Tuning Advisor


Moving Data

 	
Create directory objects
 	
Data Pump architecture
 	
Data Pump data dictionary views
 	
Data Pump interactive mode
 	
Data Pump API
 	
Use Data Pump to export data
 	
Use Data Pump to import data
 	
Overview of SQL Loader
 	
Command line parameters
 	
Record filtering
 	
Control file keywords
 	
Datafiles
 	
SQL Loader data paths
 	
External Tables


Using Resource Manager

 	
Overview of the Database Resource Manager
 	
Use the Resource Manager
 	
Create Resource Plans
 	
The default maintenance resource manager plan
 	
Create Resource Plan Directives
 	
Allocate resources for Resource Plans


Automate Tasks with Scheduler

 	
Introduction to the Scheduler
 	
Access Rights
 	
Scheduler components and workflow
 	
Create a Job
 	
Job Classes
 	
Use time based, event based schedules
 	
Create an event based schedule


Manage Space & Oracle Support

 	
Overview of space management
 	
Block space management within segments
 	
Segment types
 	
Allocate extents
 	
Allocate space
 	
Row chaining and migration
 	
Create tables without segments


 	
The Enterprise Manager Support Workbench
 	
Register for security updates
 	
Work with Oracle Support
 	
My Oracle Support integration
 	
Log Service Requests
 	
Manage patches
 	
Apply a patch



                    [post_title] => Oracle 19c Administration course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-19c-administration-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:46:08
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:46:08
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4617
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [48] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4856
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-30 14:28:01
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-30 14:28:01
                    [post_content] => Articulate 360 Courses

Develop eLearning modules rapidly with the skills gained from our Articulate courses.  With plenty of hands-on practice they cover the best practice processes for you to create totally engaging eLearning courses quickly.  Learn how to build interactive content and reinforce learning with quizzes that report answers to your LMS.

Take advantage of our, cost effective, tailored on-site training options (we come to you) to design, develop and distribute your own eLearning courses.


                    [post_title] => Articulate 360 courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => articulate-360-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:56:12
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:56:12
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4856
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [49] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4857
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-30 14:28:13
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-30 14:28:13
                    [post_content] => AutoCAD courses

Our AutoCAD courses provide plenty of 'hands-on real-world' exercises where you can explore the fundamental concepts and workflows for creating, editing, and printing drawings.  You’ll use features, commands, and techniques for becoming more productive when creating, annotating, and printing drawings in both 2d and 3d models.  All AutoCAD training courses can be modified or tailored for delivery, at your own offices, anywhere within the UK.  Alternatively, you can come to one of our training centres.

The Introduction level course is also suitable for AutoCAD LT users.  We train on all versions of Autodesk AutoCAD.


                    [post_title] => AutoCAD courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => autocad-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:53:25
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:53:25
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4857
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [50] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4858
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-30 14:28:42
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-30 14:28:42
                    [post_content] => Asta Powerproject Training Courses

Our Asta Powerproject training courses are designed to help you understand and use a range of features to produce professional looking project plans quickly.  Courses are delivered on-site (at your offices, UK wide), and all courses can be tailored to suit the way you work with the product.  Consultancy is also available.

Asta Powerproject is the class-leading project, portfolio and resource management tool used primarily within the construction sector.  Asta training is available for ALL versions of the product and to all knowledge levels including the NEC contract.

We now also offer 90 minute online Asta training courses!!


                    [post_title] => Asta Powerproject Training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => asta-powerproject-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-08 12:15:44
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-08 12:15:44
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4858
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [51] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4859
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-30 14:28:53
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-30 14:28:53
                    [post_content] => CorelDRAW Courses

Let your creativity loose on this vector art program to create and edit graphics, page layouts and design websites.  Our CorelDRAW Introduction course teaches you the skills needed to deliver professional looking results every time.  All CorelDRAW training courses can be modified or tailored for delivery, at your own offices, anywhere within the UK.

We also train on older versions, just call for a course outline.


                    [post_title] => CorelDRAW courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => coreldraw-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:51:42
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:51:42
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4859
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [52] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4860
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-30 14:29:06
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-30 14:29:06
                    [post_content] => Crystal Reports Courses

Crystal Reports is used to design and generate business reports from practically any data source.  It transforms data into meaningful information and allows stakeholders to make better business decisions.  Our Crystal Reports training courses will teach you the report building/processing skills needed to connect to databases, retrieve raw data, format it and create and present reports for widespread distribution.

We train on ALL versions of Crystal Reports, please call for older course outlines.


                    [post_title] => Crystal Reports courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => crystal-reports-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-08 12:08:52
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-08 12:08:52
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4860
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [53] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4863
                    [post_author] => 1
                    [post_date] => 2016-11-30 14:29:45
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-30 14:29:45
                    [post_content] => QuarkXPress Courses

Our QuarkXPress courses will provide you with the basic skills needed to efficiently produce and deliver great-looking content for print and digital publications from single-page flyers to the multi-media projects required for magazines, newspapers, catalogs, and the like.

We train on ALL versions of QuarkXPress, please call for older course outlines.


                    [post_title] => QuarkXPress courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => quarkxpress-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-21 14:48:40
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-21 14:48:40
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=4863
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [54] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4931
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-01 11:48:12
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-01 11:48:12
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft SharePoint End User course is designed to familiarise SharePoint site users with the basics of its operation concentrating on navigation, document library and list management.

A core part of Microsoft 365, SharePoint lets you manage content and collaborate seamlessly (in Office applications) with fellow workers to create/co-author documents, connect and work within teams, analyse data and make decisions.  SharePoint is a portal-based collaboration and document management tool for automating business processes, creating business applications and building company intranets.

Users new to sharing data and collaborating with their colleagues via a SharePoint portal.

At the end of this Microsoft SharePoint End User course, delegates will be able to view, search and upload and manage a variety of different document types to a SharePoint site.   You will also be able to create simple content types and integrate with other Office products.

Save

Save

No prior knowledge of SharePoint is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft SharePoint End User course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Introducing SharePoint Features

 	
Sites, Libraries, Lists, Users and Pages
 	
Ribbon Bar interface Vs new menu


Connecting to SharePoint site in Browser

 	
SharePoint screen layout and Links


Searching

 	
Search results and refinements


Document Management

 	
Uploading documents into Libraries
 	
Connecting Library to Windows Explorer
 	
Creating Folders
 	
Inviting others into Folder
 	
Viewing and editing documents
 	
Editing Document Properties in the Metadata Panel
 	
Checking Documents out and in
 	
Version control
 	
Sorting and filtering documents
 	
Copying and downloading documents
 	
Deleting and recycling documents
 	
Sharing documents with durable links


Office Integration

 	
Adding libraries as locations
 	
Document features and properties in Office
 	
Integrating Outlook with SharePoint


Lists

 	
List types – calendar, links, tasks
 	
List features
 	
Custom Lists – Column types and properties
 	
Importing Spreadsheets as Custom Lists


Collaboration

 	
Sharing Documents, List Items and Pages
 	
Following documents and sites
 	
Creating Document and Library Alerts


[Optional] – One Drive for Business

 	
Accessing OneDrive for Business from SharePoint
 	
OneDrive Features







































                    [post_title] => Microsoft SharePoint End User course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-sharepoint-end-user-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 11:13:06
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 11:13:06
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4931
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [55] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4933
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-01 11:54:23
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-01 11:54:23
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft SharePoint Site Editor training course is designed to familiarise new Site Editors with customising List and Library settings together with designing and linking to their own pages.   You will manage content and collaborate through the use of surveys and integrate seamlessly with other MS Office products.

Those needing to customise SharePoint sites including modifying sites, lists and libraries and creating custom workflows.

At the end of this Microsoft SharePoint Site Editor training course, delegates will be able to view, search and upload documents and web pages to a SharePoint site.  You will also be able to personalise content and navigation to your business requirements.

Attendance of our SharePoint End User course, or equivalent knowledge/experience, is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft SharePoint Site Editor training course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Introducing SharePoint Features

 	
Sites, Libraries, Lists, Users and Pages


Surveys and Discussions


Office Integration

 	
Excel Lists – Publishing and synchronising SharePoint & Excel


Personalising your Pages

 	
Personal and Shared Page views
 	
Editing Pages
 	
Customising page Web Parts
 	
Adding App Web parts for site elements
 	
Inserting other Web Parts (e.g. Content Editor)
 	
Connecting Web Parts


Customising SharePoint Sites and Pages 

 	
Customising a free form Web Page or Information page
 	
Adding Web Parts from Web Part Galleries
 	
Connecting Web Parts
 	
Using Content Editor Web Parts
 	
Customising the Home Web Part Page of the site
 	
Viewing Site Settings as an Editor


Customising Lists and Libraries

 	
Adding new Columns to a List
 	
Column types and settings
 	
Editing Document Properties
 	
Creating and Applying List and Library Views
 	
Customising and defaulting Views
 	
Saving Customised List as a List Template
 	
Creating new Lists from List Templates













































                    [post_title] => Microsoft SharePoint Site Editor training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-sharepoint-site-editor-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-08-18 12:34:03
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-08-18 12:34:03
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4933
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [56] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4934
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-01 11:59:19
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-01 11:59:19
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft SharePoint Site Owner training course is designed to familiarise the new SharePoint Site Owner with the concepts and techniques needed to successfully develop, manage and customise a site with the emphasis on site creation, workflows, security and customisation.

Those needing to create and maintain team sites including lists, document libraries, permissions and workflow.

At the end of this Microsoft SharePoint Site Owner training course, delegates will be able to administer a site, it’s content and workflow, organise site security, manage user and group permissions and customise sites.

Attendance of our SharePoint Editor course, or equivalent knowledge, is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft SharePoint Site Owner course on a private in-house basis.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Role of the Site Owner


SharePoint Site Collection


Creating new Sub Sites

 	
Templates
 	
Permissioning choices


Security within SharePoint Sites

 	
Managing Site Users and Groups
 	
Default Groups and Permission Levels
 	
Creating, editing and deleting Groups and their users
 	
Managing Permission Levels and Permission Inheritance
 	
Managing Permissions within Lists


Site Settings

 	
Look and feel and navigation features
 	
Site Columns
 	
Site Galleries
 	
Saving the Site as a Site Template
 	
Creating a new Site from the Template
 	
Site Recycle Bin


Workflows

 	
Workflow concepts
 	
Associating default Workflows with a Library or List
 	
Workflow components within the site
 	
Developing new Workflows – in-house or third party?


Content Types

 	
Concepts
 	
Default Content Types
 	
Creating New Content Types
 	
Template, Columns and Workflows
 	
Associating Libraries/Lists with Content Types


Site Collection Administration 

 	
Reports and Analytics
 	
Settings







































                    [post_title] => Microsoft SharePoint Site Owner training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-sharepoint-site-owner-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 11:06:03
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 11:06:03
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4934
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [57] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4941
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-01 12:12:44
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-01 12:12:44
                    [post_content] => This hands-on Microsoft Word Introduction course is designed to give delegates the skills necessary to produce simple Word documents such as letters, memos, faxes and other short documents.   You will learn how to navigate documents efficiently and use editing tools, paragraph styles, tabs, lists, and tables to make documents look good.

Users needing to learn the fundamentals of word processing.

At the end of this Microsoft Word Introduction course, delegates will be able to create, edit, format and print documents.

No prior knowledge of Microsoft Word is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
NOTE:  We only offer this Microsoft Word Introduction course on a private in-house basis.

Getting Started

 	
Screen layout, QAT, Mini toolbar
 	
The Ribbon & Backstage View
 	
Selecting, Deleting, and Inserting text
 	
Moving around a document
 	
Insert & Overtype mode
 	
Making simple editing changes
 	
Inserting a manual Page Break


Formatting Pages

 	
Changing the Page Layout
 	
Setting Page Margins
 	
Specifying the Paper size and Orientation
 	
Applying Borders & Shading
 	
Page breaks (soft and hard)


Inserting & Formatting Text

 	
Inserting special characters
 	
Inserting non breaking hyphens & spaces
 	
Adding Watermarks
 	
Changing the Colour, Font, Size, Style and Case
 	
Underline Options
 	
Use the format painter tool


Formatting Paragraphs

 	
Indenting paragraphs
 	
Left & Right indent
 	
First Line indent
 	
Hanging indent
 	
Changing Line spacing


Bullet and Numbered lists

 	
Auto Numbering paragraphs
 	
Changing bullet/number styles
 	
Restart numbering


Tabs

 	
Setting Tabs using the ruler
 	
Left, Centre, Right & Leader tabs
 	
Tab stops
 	
Removing tabs


Tables

 	
Basic Tables to hold text
 	
Basic table formatting


Editing and Revising Documents

 	
Copying and Moving techniques
 	
Finding and Replacing Text
 	
Correcting Spelling and Grammar
 	
Using the Thesaurus
 	
Using AutoCorrect, AutoComplete and AutoText


Previewing and Printing a Document

 	
Previewing
 	
Printing options
 	
Basic Headers and Footers
 	
Save as PDF


Viewing documents side by side

 	
Synchronised scrolling


Screen Capture tool






























                    [post_title] => Microsoft Word Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-word-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 11:04:48
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 11:04:48
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4941
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [58] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4942
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-01 12:18:36
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-01 12:18:36
                    [post_content] => This Microsoft Word Intermediate course expands on your basic skills and introduces delegates to useful features that enable you to create complex and professional longer documents with a consistent look and feel.   You will use time saving features such as styles, sections and tables as well as looking at more complex printing options using headers and footers.   Finally, you will address how to create a mail merge as well as printing envelopes and labels.

Users who need to expand their basic skills and become more competent in creating and managing more complex documents.

At the end of this Microsoft Word Intermediate course, delegates will be able to produce and manage longer documents efficiently using a variety of techniques as well as mastering tasks such as printing labels and doing mail merges.

Delegates should have attended or be familiar with the content of our Word Introduction course.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
NOTE: We only offer this Microsoft Word Intermediate course on a private in-house basis.

Working with Tables

 	
Inserting/Deleting Rows and Columns
 	
Merging and Splitting
 	
Changing width and height
 	
Changing table alignment
 	
Drawing a table
 	
Adding Borders and Shading
 	
Table Properties
 	
Autofit
 	
Sorting
 	
Converting Text to a Table
 	
Performing Calculations
 	
Repeating Header Rows


Formatting Sections

 	
Understanding Sections
 	
Inserting Section Breaks – Next, Continuous, Odd/Even
 	
Changing the Page Setup for Sections
 	
Using Sectional Headers and Footers
 	
Numbering Pages in Sections


Using Styles

 	
Create and apply Paragraph styles
 	
Create and apply Character styles
 	
Modify styles
 	
Organise styles
 	
Auto style updating


Using Multiple Columns

 	
Creating newspaper style columns
 	
Formatting Columns
 	
Inserting Column Breaks and non-breaking spaces
 	
Balancing Newspaper Columns
 	
Text flow options


Creating Headers and Footers

 	
Inserting Headers and Footers
 	
Page Numbering & Dates
 	
Controlling headers/footers
 	
Odd and Even headers/footers
 	
Different headers/footers for different sections


Creating Templates

 	
Creating/Modifying/Applying a template
 	
Creating a Template based on a document
 	
Creating a Template based on a template
 	
Copying styles between templates


Introduction to Mail Merge

 	
Creating a form letter
 	
Creating a data source
 	
Use criteria to merge
 	
Importing data from Excel/Access


Creating Envelopes and Labels

 	
Creating Envelopes
 	
Creating Mailing Labels







































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Word Intermediate course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-word-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 11:03:42
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 11:03:42
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4942
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [59] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4943
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-01 12:26:51
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-01 12:26:51
                    [post_content] => Word can do far more that produce letters, this Microsoft Word Advanced course looks at best practices that will enable users to become more efficient in producing professional documents (e.g. academic/legal/research).   You will use bookmarks, indexes, cross references, endnotes/footnotes, master documents, columns and fields for effect and learn who to create automated forms.

The focus will be on advanced productivity, graphics and objects and document management techniques.

At the end of this Microsoft Word Advanced course, delegates will be able to create and manage large complex documents which include graphics/objects and other user input.

Delegates should have attended or be familiar with the content of our Word Intermediate course.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration on this Microsoft Word Advanced course may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Working with Graphics

 	
Inserting Clip Art, Images, Screen dumps
 	
The Picture Ribbon
 	
Move, Resize, Reset & Crop a Picture
 	
Changing the Image Control Settings
 	
Adjusting the Brightness and Contrast
 	
Adding effects & Adding a Border
 	
Align, Rotate, Group
 	
Controlling Text Wrapping
 	
Creating Drop Caps and Watermarks


Working with Inserted Objects

 	
Understand Embedded v Linked objects
 	
Using an embedded Excel worksheet/chart


Using Outlines

 	
Creating an Outline
 	
Selecting Text in Outline View
 	
Viewing and Editing an Outline
 	
Promoting and Demoting Headings
 	
Moving & Copying Information
 	
Numbering an Outline


Footnotes and Endnotes

 	
Create, View, Edit & Delete Footnotes & Endnotes
 	
Moving or Copying Footnotes & Endnotes


Cross References, Bookmarks & Indexing

 	
Creating Cross References to: a bookmark, numbered item, heading, figure, table, index
 	
Adding and using Bookmarks
 	
Creating an Index and an AutoMark file
 	
Generate/Modify/Update Indexes


Working with a Table of Contents

 	
Creating a Table of Contents
 	
Marking entries using Heading Styles
 	
Marking entries using Field Codes
 	
Updating and Formatting a Table of Contents


Captions

 	
Manually adding a caption to an object
 	
Adding and removing caption labels
 	
Changing the caption number formatting


Working with Fields

 	
Inserting and Formatting fields (dates, formula)
 	
Show/Hide codes
 	
Updating & locking Fields
 	
Creating a Template with Fill in Fields


Other

 	
Managing document protection
 	
Navigation Pane and Author Permissions


Master Documents (What are they?)

 	
Creating a new master document by creating sub-documents from headings
 	
Inserting sub-documents into a master
 	
Edit/Merge/Split/Delete/Unlink sub-documents
 	
Using text outline options


Forms

 	
Using and manipulating text fields, check boxes, drop-down menus
 	
Modifying form fields and displaying help
 	
Protecting a form
 	
Creating an automated form with check boxes and drop down lists






























                    [post_title] => Microsoft Word Advanced course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-word-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 11:02:42
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 11:02:42
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4943
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [60] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 4954
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-01 16:33:07
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-01 16:33:07
                    [post_content] => Articulate Studio Pro ’13 is used to create rapid elearning courses.  This Articulate Studio Pro 13 Introduction course will give you the skills needed to create engaging eLearning content using a variety of tools including Presenter content, Engage interactions, and Quizmaker quizzes.

eLearning content designers, instructional designers, trainers and marketing professionals.

At the end of the Articulate Studio Pro 13 Introduction course, you will have developed your own Articulate-based eLearning course and have learnt/be able to do:

 	
Learn best practice guidelines
 	
Create a course in Articulate Presenter
 	
Understand the interface
 	
Setup Player templates
 	
Set Presentation Options
 	
Record and Insert Audio
 	
Create and use the correct Engage Interaction
 	
Create and use Quizmaker Questions/Quizz interactions
 	
Insert Web Objects & Attachments
 	
Use Flash, Movies, & Video Encoding
 	
Manage Slide Properties and add Slide Annotations
 	
Publish your course to a variety of media
 	
Apply advanced Quizmaker techniques
 	
Understand how PowerPoint and Articulate interact
 	
Create a Templates Lab


No knowledge is assumed, but it helps to have a working knowledge PowerPoint.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE: We only offer the Articulate Studio Pro 13 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  You will need to provide the necessary software installed and properly configured. For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration on this Articulate Studio Pro 13 Introduction course may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Introduction

 	
The new user interface
 	
Using Articulate Presenter & Quizmaker


Basics of Articulate

 	
Design best practices for PowerPoint
 	
A topical approach to course design
 	
Presenter notes and animations


Audio

 	
Best practices for recording narration
 	
Recording slide narration
 	
Synchronizing animation timings
 	
Importing audio
 	
Using the audio editor
 	
Adding annotations


Engage Interactions

 	
Best practices for engage interactions
 	
Defining the 10 engage interaction types:
process, labelled graphic, tab, circle diagram, timeline, media tour, faq, pyramid, guided image, glossary, community interactions.
 	
Choosing the right interaction


Quizzmaker Quizzes

 	
Best practices for quizzes and learning games
 	
Using the 3 types of learning games (choices, word quiz, sequence)
 	
Creating effective quizmaker quizzes: (true/false, multiple choice, multiple response, fill in the blank, word bank, matching drag and drop, matching drop-down, sequence drag and drop, sequence drop-down, numeric, hotspot)
 	
Creating effective quizmaker survey questions (likert scale, pick one , pick many, which word, short answer, essay, ranking drag and drop, ranking drop-down, how many, explanation)
 	
Customising feedback messages
 	
Choosing the right question type
 	
Scoring and reporting quiz results
 	
Integration with articulate presenter
 	
Publishing Quizmaker quizzes and surveys
 	
Add illustrated and photographic characters with the character library (characters, expressions, and poses)


Flash and other media

 	
Best practices for using Flash movies
 	
Embedding Flash media
 	
Setting display options
 	
Inserting animations and interactions
 	
Adding screen recordings
 	
Use video editor to crop, trim, adjust volume, or add a watermark or logo.


Inserting Web Objects & Attachments

 	
Best practices for using web objects
 	
Embedding web objects
 	
Display and size options
 	
Best practices for using attachments
 	
Using web links and file attachments


Slide Properties

 	
Changing slide titles
 	
Understanding course levels
 	
Hiding slides
 	
Branching and locking slides
 	
Slide view options
 	
Selecting presenters
 	
Selecting audio playlists
 	
Slide navigation options


Presentation & Publishing options

 	
Adding logos
 	
Adding presenters
 	
Adding playlists
 	
Quality settings and preferences
 	
Publish for web delivery, LMS, Flash, CD, HTML5, Mobile, iPads, Online, Word & Podcast.


Player Templates
 

 	
Layout options
 	
Navigation options
 	
Player controls
 	
Text label options
 	
Setting and editing color schemes
 	
Browser settings

 

Advanced Quizmaker

 	
Using the slide view as a free-form tool
 	
Creating graphical questions & answers
 	
Building a video quiz
 	
Applying animations to your questions (GIF, Text or SmartArt)
 	
Branching within a quiz
 	
Designing a quiz template
 	
Resume course option


PowerPoint

 	
Create online courses from PowerPoint slides using workflows
 	
Advanced PowerPoint tips and tricks
 	
Custom animations
 	
Working with graphics
 	
Use hyperlinks to create a branching exercise
 	
Develop a quiz without quizmaker
 	
Simulate a roll-over animation
 	
Using motion paths


Creating Templates Lab

 	
Using multiple slide masters to create PowerPoint backgrounds
 	
Customizing the Articulate player template to compliment PowerPoint designs
 	
Pre-build your own branching scenarios


Assessment

 	
Determining acceptable evidence
 	
Linking objectives to questions
 	
The parts of a question
 	
Assessment lab


The Learning Plan & Interactivity

 	
Reviewing the topical approach to course design
 	
Creating engaging content
 	
Creating engaging and effective learning activities
 	
Building learning scenarios


Text and Narration

 	
Scripting a narration
 	
Animate to communicate


Graphics

 	
Thinking graphically
 	
Design basics
 	
Graphic design lab


Subject matter experts

 	
Prioritizing subject matter
 	
Developing story boards
 	
Tracking issues









                    [post_title] => Articulate Studio Pro 13 Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => articulate-studio-pro-13-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2018-07-06 11:13:13
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-07-06 11:13:13
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=4954
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [61] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5009
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-02 11:30:05
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-02 11:30:05
                    [post_content] => Asta Powerproject is a professional project management tool aimed at the construction industry.   It helps construction companies create plans, and manage projects, costs and resources.   This practical Asta Powerproject 16 Introduction course teaches the basics of project management from initial project set-up to progressing and managing tasks and rescheduling.

This Powerproject course is designed for site managers and project managers and would also benefit anyone needing to create or update a basic project plan.

By the end of this Asta Powerproject 16 Introduction course, attendees will be able to:

 	
Create and manage a basic project
 	
Enter tasks and durations
 	
Add milestones and summary tasks
 	
Link tasks and show the critical path
 	
Format the Bar Chart display
 	
Manage the progress of tasks
 	
Print the project plan


No prior knowledge of Asta Powerproject or project management is assumed.

 

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:  We only offer this Asta Powerproject 16 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Getting Started

 	
Screen familiarisation
 	
Ribbon v Toolbar mode
 	
Changing Time Line display


Creating a New Project

 	
Creating a project with a template
 	
Entering project information


Calendar

 	
Setting the default Calendar
 	
Setting exceptions in the Calendar


Creating a Linked Bar Chart

 	
Entering Tasks

 	
Entering tasks and durations
 	
Move/Insert/Delete tasks
 	
Marking project milestones
 	
Updating tasks
 	
Multiple tasks on one line (Split/Merge tasks)




Critical Path Analysis

 	
Adding Links
 	
Linking tasks and rescheduling
 	
Critical Path and Float
 	
Show/Hide the critical path
 	
Working with Constraints e.g. Constraining tasks to specific dates
 	
Setting Lead and Lag time
 	
Changing the Project start e.g. date
 	
Working with the Datezone


Creating Project Structure

 	
Creating summary tasks
 	
Showing and hiding sub-tasks


Formatting

 	
Display switches to show/hide chart elements
 	
Displaying different task data on the Bar Chart
 	
Formatting the task detail
 	
Adding textual annotations


Creating Code Libraries

 	
Creating new code library entries
 	
Applying code libraries
 	
Basic task Filtering


Basic Progress Entry

 	
Adding columns to the table
 	
Entering progress
 	
Setting a progress date
 	
Displaying a progress line
 	
Connecting text boxes to bars


Printing

 	
Setting print options
 	
Setting a border file
 	
Using print preview
 	
Adding project properties

































                    [post_title] => Powerproject 16 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => powerproject-16-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 11:01:24
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 11:01:24
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5009
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [62] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5014
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-02 11:37:26
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-02 11:37:26
                    [post_content] => Asta Powerproject, is a project, portfolio and resource management tool used to support project activity, at all levels of complexity, across a broad range of industry sectors.  This practical Asta Powerproject 16 Intermediate course helps delegates to successfully create and manage effective and detailed project plans and will further explore key functionality within the product.  It will benefit anyone wanting a thorough understanding of how to work with Powerproject.

This course is aimed at project managers, programmers, planners and anyone needing to successfully create and manage effective project plans.

By the end of this Asta Powerproject 16 Intermediate course, attendees will be able to:

 	
Enter a variety of task types
 	
View, Sort and Filter a project
 	
Work with resources
 	
Work with baselines
 	
Progress a project
 	
Create templates


Delegates should have attended our Introduction course or have equivalent knowledge or experience.   Delegates MUST have experience of creating basic programmes to attend this course.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.
 

NOTE:  We only offer the Asta Powerproject 16 Intermediate course on a private in-house basis.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.   Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
 

Tasks (more in-depth view)

 	
Creating Expanded and Hammock tasks
 	
Creating Buffer tasks
 	
Create task pools
 	
Use recurring tasks
 	
User defined fields


Working with Views

 	
Creating Filters
 	
Sorts/Group
 	
Formatting the Bar Chart
 	
Configure spreadsheet
 	
Change and Save Views


Resources

 	
Setting up a basic resource library
 	
Applying resources to tasks
 	
Using supplied Histograms to show resource allocations


Working with Baselines

 	
Create & Save a baseline
 	
Multiple baselines


Progress

 	
Progress entry using progress periods
 	
Straight line v Jagged line programmes
 	
Displaying multiple progress periods
 	
Comparing progress to a baseline
 	
Using the spreadsheet to report progress
 	
Assigning alternative calendars to tasks
 	
Adding notes to tasks


Creating a company template

 	
Saving company templates













































                    [post_title] => Powerproject 16 Intermediate course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => powerproject-16-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 11:00:20
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 11:00:20
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5014
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [63] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5017
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-02 11:56:17
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-02 11:56:17
                    [post_content] => AutoCAD is a general purpose Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CAD) program which can be used to create all kinds of line drawings.   This AutoCAD Introduction course is designed to provide delegates with the basic AutoCAD commands and computer-aided-drafting concepts to draw, design, and draft.   Emphasis is placed on efficient and accurate drawing techniques incorporating the features, commands, and techniques for creating, editing, and printing 2D production drawings.

New users of AutoCAD or AutoCAD LT such as engineers, architects, draftsmen, designers, advertisers, or anyone whose job depends on drawings or sketches to convey information or ideas.

At the end of this AutoCAD Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create, edit and print 2D drawings
 	
Navigate the AutoCAD user interface
 	
Use the fundamental features of AutoCAD
 	
Use the precision drafting tools in to develop accurate technical drawings
 	
Present drawings in a detailed and visually impressive manner


No prior knowledge of AutoCAD is assumed however drafting, design, or engineering experience is a plus.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration on the AutoCAD Introduction course may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Taking the AutoCAD Tour

 	
Navigating the Working Environment
 	
Working with Files
 	
Displaying Objects


Creating Basic Drawings

 	
Inputting Data
 	
Creating Basic Objects
 	
Using Object Snaps
 	
Using Polar Tracking and PolarSnap
 	
Using Object Snap Tracking
 	
Working with Units


Manipulating Objects

 	
Selecting Objects in the Drawing
 	
Changing an Object’s Position
 	
Creating New Objects from Existing Objects
 	
Changing the Angle of an Object’s Position
 	
Creating a Mirror Image of Existing Objects
 	
Creating Object Patterns
 	
Changing an Object’s Size


Drawing Organisation & Inquiry Commands

 	
Using Layers
 	
Changing Object Properties
 	
Matching Object Properties
 	
Using the Properties Palette
 	
Using Linetypes
 	
Using Inquiry Commands


Altering Objects

 	
Trimming & extending Objects to defined boundaries
 	
Creating parallel & offset geometry
 	
Joining objects
 	
Breaking an object into two objects
 	
Applying a Radius Corner to Two Objects
 	
Creating an angled corner between two objects
 	
Changing part of an object’s shape


Layouts & Viewports

 	
Using and creating Layouts
 	
Modifying layouts and using page setups
 	
Using Viewports
 	
Creating layout Viewports
 	
Working with layout Viewports
 	
Controlling object visibility in layout Viewports


Annotating the Drawing

 	
Creating Multiline Text
 	
Creating Single Line Text
 	
Using Text Styles
 	
Editing Text


Dimensioning

 	
Creating Dimensions
 	
Using Dimension Styles
 	
Editing Dimensions
 	
Using Multileaders


Hatching Objects

 	
Hatching Objects
 	
Editing Hatch Objects


Working with Reusable Content

 	
Using Blocks
 	
Working with DesignCenter
 	
Using Tool Palettes


Creating Additional Drawing Objects

 	
Working with Polylines
 	
Creating Splines
 	
Creating Ellipses
 	
Using Tables


Plotting Drawings

 	
Using page setups
 	
Working with plotter configuration files
 	
Creating & applying
 	
Plotting drawings
 	
Plot style tables
 	
Publishing drawings


Drawing Templates

 	
Creating and Using Drawing Templates
























                    [post_title] => AutoCAD Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => autocad-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 10:59:00
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 10:59:00
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5017
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [64] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5019
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-02 12:03:12
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-02 12:03:12
                    [post_content] => AutoCAD is a general purpose Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CAD) program which can be used to create all kinds of line drawings.  This AutoCAD Intermediate course is designed for experienced AutoCAD users who require additional training.  It incorporates the features, commands and techniques for becoming more productive when creating, annotating, and printing 2d drawings.

Engineers, architects, draftsmen, designers, advertisers and users looking to gain further valuable experience with AutoCAD.

At the end of this AutoCAD Intermediate course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Work with Layouts and Plotting
 	
Use Template Drawing creation
 	
Create Tables and dynamic blocks
 	
Plot and sheet sets
 	
Manipulate objects and data
 	
Draw Objects
 	
Understand Layer Management and best practices


Attendance of the Introduction course (or equivalent knowledge) is required.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration on this AutoCAD Intermediate course may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
 

Drawing Objects

 	
Create and Edit Multilines
 	
Create and Edit Revision Clouds
 	
Wipeouts
 	
Boundaries
 	
Regions


Manipulating Objects & Data

 	
Using Quick Select
 	
Purging Objects
 	
Point Objects
 	
Dividing and Measuring Objects
 	
Geometry Calculator - Quickcalc


Template Drawing Creation

 	
Creating Drawing Templates


Dimensioning and Annotation 

 	
Introduction to Annotation Scaling
 	
Controlling Annotation Scale
 	
Working with Text
 	
Using Multileaders
 	
Dimensioning
 	
Center Marks
 	
Ordinate Dimensions
 	
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerances
 	
Dimension subtyles & Overrides


Reuseable Content

 	
Using DesignCenter
 	
Creating Custom Tool Palettes
 	
Managing and Sharing Tool Palette
 	
Using External References
 	
Managing External References
 	
Referencing Non-Native File Types


Dynamic Blocks

 	
Using dynamic Blocks
 	
Adding parameters to dynamic blocks
 	
Adding actions to dynamic blocks
 	
Using parameter sets
 	
Creating dynamic blocks


Layer Management and Best Practices

 	
Working with Layer Filters
 	
Using the Layer States Manager
 	
Using Layer Standards


Introduction to Sheet Sets

 	
Creating sheet sets
 	
Working with sheet sets
 	
Setting sheet set properties
 	
Using fields in sheet sets
 	
Using attributes in sheet sets
 	
Publishing
 	
Transmitting and archiving sheet sets


Working with Tables

 	
Working with Table Styles
 	
Creating and Editing Tables
 	
Advanced Tables
 	
Extracting Attributes to Tables
 	
Exporting and Importing Tables
 	
Creating Tables Linked to External Data




































                    [post_title] => AutoCAD Intermediate course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => autocad-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 10:57:15
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 10:57:15
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5019
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [65] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5029
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-02 13:19:44
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-02 13:19:44
                    [post_content] => This Crystal Reports 2020 Introduction course is designed to introduce delegates to the basic skills required to connect Crystal Reports to their databases to access data sources and generate customised reports that will better enable them to analyse and interpret data.

Topics include planning a report, creating a basic report, using the Report Explorer, record selection, sorting, grouping and summarizing, charting, basic formulas and exporting data.

Crystal Reports is a powerful reporting solution that helps you design, explore, visualise, and deliver reports.

Anyone needing to use Crystal Reports to create and distribute reports.

At the end of this Crystal Reports 2020 Introduction course, delegates will have learned how to plan, create, modify and distribute meaningful reports with drill-down visualisations.

Delegates must have a decent knowledge of database principles and structure.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE: We only offer the SAP Crystal Reports 2020 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
 

Report Design Concepts

 	
Planning the content of the report
 	
Manipulating data
 	
Determining print area characteristics
 	
Developing a prototype on paper


Report Design

 	
Creating a new report
 	
Exploring the report design environment
 	
Putting objects in a report – Size, Format, Position, Alignment
 	
Preview and save reports
 	
System defaults


Record Selection

 	
Defining and using the Select Expert features
 	
Saved vs. Refreshed data
 	
Setting additional selection criteria
 	
Using Select Record options
 	
Modifying records using Formula Editor
 	
Applying record selection on Date fields


Sorting, Grouping, and Summarising 

 	
Using the Sort and Group expert
 	
Modifying groups
 	
Summarising records within groups
 	
Creating sub and Grand Totals
 	
Creating nested/multiple groups
 	
Reordering groups
 	
Grouping by Date
 	
Group Sort Expert (Top N grouping)


Formatting for Presentation

 	
Inserting lines, boxes, pictures, hyperlinks
 	
Using Text Objects
 	
Using special fields
 	
Report Explorer


Date Fields

 	
Formatting and selecting using dates and times


Section Formatting

 	
Formatting using the Section Expert
 	
Creating a summary report


Linking

 	
Defining linking concepts
 	
Using different types of links
 	
Smart linking
 	
Add/Remove tables
 	
Using simple Formula syntax


Formula Basics

 	
Working with the Formula Editor
 	
Basic number and date calculations
 	
Using Boolean formulas
 	
Using string formulas
 	
Dealing with Null values Using Crystal functions


Conditional Formatting

 	
Using the Highlighting Expert
 	
Using formulas
 	
Report Alerts


Parameter fields

 	
Defining and using Parameter fields


Charts

 	
Creating a chart using the Chart Expert
 	
Customizing a chart
 	
Charting on summary data
 	
Drill down on a chart


Distributing Data / Reports

 	
Export to Word & Excel
 	
Export to PDF
 	
Create a Report Definition
 	
Static reporting
 	
Dynamic web reporting overview

 























                    [post_title] => Crystal Reports 2020 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => crystal-reports-2020-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 12:00:54
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 12:00:54
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5029
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [66] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5031
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-02 13:27:07
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-02 13:27:07
                    [post_content] => This Crystal Reports 2020 Advanced course is designed to increase report design skills and discover the reporting power of Crystal Reports.  Topics covered include grouping options and sub reports, formulas such as variables and functions, querying using SQL reporting and charting.

Report designers who want to further develop their basic report design skills using Crystal Reports.

At the end of this Crystal Reports 2020 Advanced course, delegates will have learned how to:

 	
Use advanced formula techniques including variables
 	
Create running totals in a report
 	
Understand and optimise the three stage processing of reports
 	
Learn basic SQL and ODBC techniques to expand data source capabilities
 	
Create data dictionaries for use as report sources
 	
Use advanced parameter techniques and create “alerting” reports
 	
Use advanced section techniques and create sophisticated paging reports
 	
Use sub –reports (active and passive)
 	
Use advanced cross-tab techniques in reports.
 	
Graph single and multiple data series


Delegates must have taken the Report Design Introduction course and/or understand basic report design concepts such as linking, record selection, sorting, grouping, summarising, basic formulas, conditional reporting and section formatting.  Relational database knowledge is recommended. Knowledge of programming and/or SQL would also be helpful.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable. These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE: We only offer the SAP Crystal Reports 2020 Advanced course on a private in-house basis. For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Recap

 	
Course Files & Report Types reviewed
 	
Default Options & Settings


Formulas

 	
Understanding formula language & syntax
 	
Using functions and operators
 	
Using variables
 	
Creating, Declaring, & Assigning Formula Variables
 	
Using control structure
 	
Creating Running Totals


Multi-pass Reporting

 	
Multi Pass Explained
 	
Evaluation Time Functions
 	
Using Multiple Variables


Parameters

 	
Defining parameter fields
 	
Referencing a parameter
 	
Responding to a parameter
 	
Using values
 	
Deleting parameters
 	
Using Parameter Fields to select records
 	
Parameter Fields – to sort records & set conditional formats


Advanced Formatting (Conditional)

 	
Conditional On/Off Formatting
 	
Conditional Attribute Formatting


Grouping

 	
Applying specified order grouping
 	
Using the Group Sort Expert
 	
Creating a group selection based on summary
 	
Information
 	
Grouping data hierarchically


Cross-tabs

 	
Create a Cross-tab – using the Expert
 	
Filter Cross-tab by group
 	
Format Rows and Columns
 	
Multi-Level Cross Tabs
 	
Cross Tab Summary Operations
 	
Cross Tabs & Parameter Fields / Formula Fields / Group Headers


Subreports

 	
Insert & Edit a Subreport
 	
Linked/Unlinked Subreports
 	
Format a Subreport Object
 	
Share Formulas Between Main and Subreports
 	
Create an On-demand Subreport
 	
Adding captions to subreports
 	
Updating subreports
 	
Using shared variables in a subreport


SQL/ODBC & SQL Designer

 	
SQL Introduction & SQL Statements
 	
ODBC Data Source Introduction
 	
SQL Designer Introduction
 	
Create a SQL Expression
 	
Select Records on the Server
 	
Write/Edit a SQL Query
 	
Build a Report on a SQL Query
 	
Create SQL Commands in the Crystal Report Environment


Crystal Dictionaries

 	
Create a Crystal Dictionary


Charting Data

 	
Modify/Format a Chart
 	
Create a Top N Chart
 	
Create a chart Template
 	
Chart Data, Text and Calculations
 	
Charts from Cross Tabs


Report Alerts

 	
What Are Report Alerts
 	
Creating, Modifying and using Alerts


Multiple Sections

 	
Manipulating multiple sections, and general uses for multiple sections
 	
General section formatting (Reviewed)
























                    [post_title] => Crystal Reports 2020 Advanced course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => crystal-reports-2020-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 11:57:55
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 11:57:55
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5031
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [67] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5045
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-02 16:48:44
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-02 16:48:44
                    [post_content] => This QuarkXPress 2020 Introduction course is designed to introduce delegates to desktop publishing with QuarkXPress.  It covers the techniques used in text layout, images and artwork to create professional looking publications such as brochures, leaflets, stationery, newsletters, posters, magazines, packaging and much more.

Anyone needing an essential understanding of page layout techniques to design publications.

At the end of this QuarkXPress 2020 Introduction course, delegates will be able to create, edit and format print design and publishing.

No prior knowledge of QuarkXPress is assumed however familiarity with Microsoft Office and Adobe Creative Cloud products is useful.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE: We only offer the QuarkXPress 2020 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Getting Started

 	
Menu interface & tools
 	
Customise your workspace
 	
Set Preferences: tabs and rules, Measurements palette, Composition zones
 	
Manage Document Presets


Designing Documents

 	
Create a New Document
 	
Alter a Document's Layout – Size, Margins, columns, gutters etc.
 	
Create the structure of a document
 	
Text and Graphic Placement
 	
Layers
 	
Templates & Style Sheets
 	
Single & Multiple layouts


Mastr Pages

 	
Creating and editing
 	
Page numbering
 	
Headers and Footers
 	
Using a combination of Master Pages
 	
Toggling - Master & Page View


Text Tools & Formatting

 	
Add/Edit/Find text
 	
Soft and hard returns
 	
Using space/align and Tabs
 	
Fonts/Styles/Paragraphs
 	
Leading/Tracking/Kerning
 	
Invisibles and Guides
 	
Special Effects with text
 	
Transparency and Drop Shadows
 	
Format Characters/Paragraphs
 	
Stroking/Shading
 	
Column Span/Split
 	
Line between columns
 	
Threading text
 	
Runaround techniques
 	
Bullets and Numbering
 	
Framing text and picture boxes
 	
Wrapping text around items
 	
Linking/unlinking text boxes
 	
Anchored text boxes
 	
Using the Baseline Grid
 	
Manage Styles


Style Sheets & Templates

 	
Paragraph and character style sheets
 	
Style sheets with templates
 	
Conditional Styles
 	
The Story Editor
 	
Using the Library
 	
Using the Baseline Grid


Graphics and Pictures

 	
Colours, Swatches, Gradients
 	
Fills, Gradients, and Strokes
 	
Crop & Rotate
 	
Grouping
 	
Callouts


Colour & Transparency

 	
Colour Picker
 	
Understanding bleeds
 	
Spot colours and pantones
 	
Custom colours
 	
Apply Transparency
 	
Apply Transparency Flattener Preset


Tables

 	
Create/Modify/Format
 	
Adding graphic boxes
 	
Importing from Excel


Beziers

 	
Creating custom shapes and paths
 	
Creating text on a path
 	
Shapemaker tool


Layers

 	
Layers on Master pages
 	
Using layers to isolate non-printing items
 	
The Layers palette
 	
Add, Delete and Merge layers
 	
Attributes dialog box
 	
Using Keep Runaround


Document facilities

 	
Moving pages between documents
 	
Importing files
 	
Exporting as PDF, ePub, HTML5
 	
PDF Pass-Through Transparency


Printing

 	
Using the Palettes
 	
Typography
 	
Embedding fonts, colours & images
 	
Working with Job Jackets
 	
Package Files
 	
Live Print Preview
 	
Creating Adobe Acrobat PDF File


QR Code Creator - generate vector QR codes


Interactivity

 	
Hyperlinks, Video & Animation





















                    [post_title] => QuarkXPress 2020 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => quarkxpress-2020-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:59:22
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:59:22
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5045
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [68] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5103
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 12:35:32
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 12:35:32
                    [post_content] => This Oracle Database 19c Backup and Recovery with RMAN course is designed to give an Oracle database administrator practical experience in planning and implementing a backup and recovery strategy using Recovery Manager and Flashback Database. The delegate will learn how to perform backup and recovery operations using RMAN and will learn how to use Flashback features to recover from human error.

Delegate will practice:

 	
Planning a backup and recovery strategy and a disaster recovery strategy
 	
Creating and managing a recovery catalog database
 	
Using Recovery Manager to perform backups
 	
Using Recovery Manager to perform recoveries
 	
Monitor and tune Recovery Manager
 	
Performing tablespace point-in-time recovery
 	
Perform an encrypted database backup and restore
 	
Creating a duplicate database
 	
Using Flashback technology to recover from errors

 

 

Database administrators, data warehouse administrators and technical support staff.

On completion of this Oracle Database 19c Backup and Recovery with RMAN course delegates will have the knowledge needed to enable a delegate to plan and implement a backup and recovery strategy in the workplace for Oracle Databases using RMAN and Flashback Database technologies.

A working knowledge of Oracle SQL and Oracle Database Administration is required.  This can be obtained by attendance on the Oracle SQL course and a suitable database administration course. The ability to describe and use Oracle built-in packages would be advantageous, but is not essential.

This course is run on a Linux operating system, a basic knowledge of UNIX/Linux is recommended but is not essential.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Note:  This ORACLE Database 19c Backup and Recovery with RMAN course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

BACKUP AND RECOVERY CONSIDERATIONS

 	
Plan and Implement a Backup and Recovery Strategy
 	
Define a Disaster Recovery Plan
 	
Test a Backup and Recovery Plan
 	
Advantages and Disadvantages of Different Backup Methods
 	
Backup Methods Comparison
 	
Data Recovery Strategy
 	
Backup Strategy
 	
Validate the Recovery Strategy


RECOVERY STRUCTURES AND PROCESSES

 	
Architectural Components of Backup and Restore
 	
Physical Database Structures
 	
Logical Database Structures
 	
Dynamic Performance Views
 	
Redo Logs, Checkpoints and Archives
 	
Use the Flash Recovery Area (FRA)
 	
The Archivelog Modes of a Database


FLASHBACK

 	
Configure and Use Flashback Database
 	
Monitor Flashback Database
 	
Flash Recovery Area Space Usage
 	
Flashback Query
 	
Retrieve Row History with Flashback Versions Query
 	
Audit or Recover From Transactions with Flashback Transactions Query
 	
Flashback Table
 	
Recover Dropped Tables with Flashback Drop
 	
The Recycle Bin
 	
Recover Tables to a Point In Time With Flashback Table
 	
Flashback Database
 	
Flashback Restore Points
 	
Flashback Transaction Backout
 	
Flashback Data Archive


RECOVERY MANAGER OVERVIEW

 	
RMAN Features and Components
 	
The sysbackup Privilege
 	
RMAN Commands
 	
Connect to RMAN
 	
Specify the Location of RMAN Output
 	
Start Up and Shut Down a Target Database Using RMAN
 	
Issue SQL Commands in RMAN


CREATE AND CONFIGURE A RECOVERY CATALOG

 	
Create a Recovery Catalog
 	
Register a Database
 	
Unregister a Database
 	
Control File Information
 	
Virtual Private Catalogs
 	
Backup a Recovery Catalog
 	
Use a Flashback Recovery Area with RMAN
 	
Configure Persistent RMAN Settings
 	
Set Retention Policies
 	
Configure Control File Autobackups
 	
Integrate RMAN with a Media Manager


BACKUP WITH RMAN

 	
Channel Allocation
 	
Types of RMAN Backup
 	
Recovery Manager Commands
 	
Performing Backups
 	
Closed and Open Backups
 	
Incremental Backups
 	
Fast Incremental Backups using Block Change Tracking
 	
Backup File Image Copies
 	
Oracle Suggested Backup
 	
Validate Backups
 	
Listing Backups


ADVANCED BACKUP TECHNIQUES

 	
Create Multisection Backups
 	
Create Duplexed Backup Sets
 	
Create Compressed Backups
 	
Backup the Control File to a Trace File
 	
Backup Recovery Files
 	
Backup up ASM Metadata


MAINTAIN A RECOVERY CATALOG

 	
Change the Availability Status of Backups and Copies
 	
Catalog Backups Made with Operating System Commands
 	
Generate Backup Reports and Lists
 	
Cross Check Backups and Copies
 	
Delete Backups
 	
Update the Repository after Backup Deletion
 	
Drop Database and Archival Backups
 	
Import and Export the Recovery Catalog
 	
Use Data Dictionary Tables


ENCRYPTED RMAN BACKUPS

 	
Create an Encrypted RMAN Backup
 	
Transparent Encryption
 	
Password Encryption
 	
Use Different Encryption Modes


DATABASE FAILURE DIAGNOSTICS 

 	
The Automatic Diagnostic Repository
 	
The Data Recovery Advisor
 	
Understanding RMAN Messages and the Error Stack
 	
Diagnose Data File Loss
 	
Recovery with RESETLOGS
 	
Dealing with Block Corruption


OVERVIEW OF RESTORE AND RECOVERY 

 	
Restore and Recover
 	
Instance Failure and Crash Recovery
 	
Media Failure
 	
An Overview of Complete Recovery
 	
An Overview of Point in Time Recovery
 	
Recovery with RESETLOGS


BASIC RESTORE AND RECOVER WITH RMAN

 	
Perform Recovery in Noarchivelog Mode
 	
Perform Complete Recovery in Archivelog Mode
 	
Use the Flash Recovery Area for Fast Recovery
 	
Automatic Tempfile Recovery
 	
Identify the Database Files to Restore and Recover
 	
Preview Backups used in Restore Operations
 	
Apply Incremental Backups to Restore Datafile Image Copies
 	
The Switch Command
 	
The Data Recovery Advisor
 	
Perform Incomplete Recovery (PITR)
 	
Restore and Recover a tablespace
 	
Restore and Recover Datafiles
 	
Recover a Datafile Not Backed Up
 	
Table Recovery from Backups
 	
Recover Individual Data Blocks
 	
The Data Recovery Advisor


ADVANCED RESTORE AND RECOVER WITH RMAN

 	
Restore the Server Parameter File
 	
Restore the Control File
 	
Re-create the Password File
 	
Handling Redo Log File Loss
 	
Restore and Recover the Database on a New Host
 	
Restore RMAN Encrypted Backups
 	
Disaster recovery


TABLESPACE POINT IN TIME RECOVERY (TSPITR)

 	
Tablespace-Point-in-Time Overview
 	
Tablespace-Point-in-Time Example


TRANSPORT DATA

 	
Transport Tablespaces
 	
Transport Databases


CREATE A DUPLICATE DATABASE WITH RMAN

 	
Database Duplication
 	
Duplication Options
 	
Create Files for the Duplicate Database
 	
Prepare the Auxiliary Instance for Duplication
 	
Create a Duplicate Database
 	
Clone a Running Database
 	
An Overview of Using Cloud Control to Clone a Running Database
 	
Targetless Duplication of a Database
 	
18c Duplication Enhancements


MONITOR, TUNE AND TROUBLESHOOT BACKUP AND RECOVERY

 	
Tune Recovery Manager Overview
 	
Restore and Recovery Performance Best Practices
 	
Multiplexing in RMAN
 	
Diagnosing Performance Bottlenecks


OVERVIEW OF RMAN AND ORACLE SECURE BACKUP

 	
Oracle Secure Backup Overview
 	
Oracle Secure Backup Interfaces
 	
Oracle Secure Backup Architecture
 	
Oracle Secure Backup Jobs with RMAN
 	
Backup the Fast Recovery Area to Tape
 	
RMAN Backup to Tape
 	
Overview of Integration with Cloud Control


OVERVIEW OF BACKUP AND RESTORE TO TAPE

 	
Schedule Backups with Enterprise Manager
 	
Oracle Suggested Backup Strategy
 	
Perform Backups to Tape
 	
Manage Tape Backups
 	
Perform Recovery from Tape
 	
RMAN Automatic Failover to Previous Backup






                    [post_title] => ORACLE Database 19c Backup and Recovery with RMAN
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-database-19c-backup-and-recovery-with-rman
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:44:27
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:44:27
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5103
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [69] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5105
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 13:09:04
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 13:09:04
                    [post_content] => This ORACLE Database 19c Data Guard course introduces delegates to the main architectural concepts of Data Guard. Delegates will learn how to use Oracle Data Guard to protect Oracle Databases against planned and unplanned downtime. They will learn how to create and manage physical, logical and snapshot standby databases as well as understanding how to use standby databases in a standby role for reporting, querying and testing purposes.

Delegate will practice:

 	
Preparing a Primary Database for a Data Guard Configuration
 	
Creating a Physical Standby Database
 	
Creating a Logical Standby Database
 	
Creating a Snapshot Standby Database
 	
Monitoring a Standby Database Configuration
 	
Managing a Data Guard Configuration
 	
Troubleshooting Standby Database Configurations
 	
Tuning a Standby Database
 	
Backing up and Recovering a Data Guard Configuration
 	
Using Flashback in a Data Guard Configuration
 	
Using the Data Guard Broker
 	
Managing a Configuration using the Broker
 	
Overview of Patching and Upgrading


Database administrators and technical support staff.

By the end of this ORACLE 19c Data Guard course, delegates will have the knowledge and skills needed to plan, implement, manage and troubleshoot Oracle Data Guard standby database configurations.

A working knowledge of Oracle Database Administration is required. This course is run in a Linux environment and a working knowledge of the LINUX/UNIX operating system is therefore highly recommended.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note:  This Oracle 19c Data Guard course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

DATA GUARD OVERVIEW

 	
Overview of Data Guard
 	
Requirements for Maintaining a Standby Database
 	
Data Guard Terminology
 	
Types of Standby Databases
 	
Levels of Protection
 	
Physical, Logical and Snapshot Standby Databases
 	
Role Transition Management Services
 	
Data Guard Interfaces
 	
Standby Database Creation
 	
Data Guard Installation
 	
SYSDG Administrative Privilege for Data Guard Operations


DATA GUARD ARCHITECTURE

 	
Data Guard Architecture
 	
Processes Active on the Primary Database
 	
Processes Active on the Standby Database
 	
Data Guard Architecture and Initialization Parameters
 	
Data Guard usage with a Multitenant Database
 	
PDB Creation and Cloning in a Multitenant Architecture Environment


CREATE A PHYSICAL STANDBY DATABASE WITH SQL COMMANDS

 	
Prepare the Primary Database for Data Guard
 	
Initialization Parameters for the Standby Database
 	
Datafile and Controlfile Duplication
 	
Create the Standby Instance
 	
Network Files Configuration
 	
Activate the Standby Database
 	
Verify Primary and Standby Databases are Working
 	
Archive Log Loss
 	
Open the Standby Database
 	
Shut Down and Start Up the Data Guard Environment
 	
Active Data Guard
 	
Far Sync Instance
 	
Monitor the Primary and Standby Databases


REDO TRANSPORT SERVICES

 	
Overview of Redo Transport Services
 	
How Data Guard Sends Redo Data
 	
Control when Redo Data is Sent with the VALID_FOR Option
 	
Handle Transmission Errors
 	
Manage Archive Gaps
 	
Automatic Outage Resolution with Data Guard in 19c
 	
Levels of Protection
 	
Fast-Sync Mode


REDO APPLY SERVICES

 	
Overview of Log Apply Services
 	
Apply Redo Data Immediately
 	
Delay Redo Data Application
 	
Terminate Redo Apply Services
 	
Configure a Cascading Standby Database
 	
Create a Snapshot Standby Database


ROLE TRANSITION USING SQL COMMANDS

 	
Role Transition Overview
 	
Prepare the Primary Database
 	
Prepare the Standby Database
 	
Perform a Switchover
 	
Perform a Failover
 	
Reinstate the Failed Primary
 	
Overview of Application Continuity in a Data Guard Environment


CHANGE MANAGEMENT

 	
Change Management Overview
 	
Add Datafiles or Tablespaces
 	
Drop Tablespaces and Delete Datafiles
 	
Transportable Tablespaces
 	
Rename Datafiles
 	
Add or Drop Redo Log Files
 	
DML Operations on Active Data Guard in 19c
 	
Nologging Operations
 	
Nologging Enhancements in 18c
 	
Lost Write Detection
 	
Shadow Lost Write Protection in 18c


CREATE A STANDBY DATABASE WITH RECOVERY MANAGER

 	
Overview of Standby Database Creation with RMAN
 	
Create a Suitable Backup with RMAN
 	
Standby Path and File Names
 	
Build the Standby Instance
 	
Create a Standby Database with RMAN
 	
Create a Standby Database with the dbca


•	BACKUP AND RECOVERY CONSIDERATIONS IN AN ORACLE DATA GUARD CONFIGURATION

 	
Implement a Backup and Recovery Strategy
 	
The Usage of RMAN in a Data Guard Configuration
 	
Backup and Recovery of a Primary Database with a Physical Standby Database
 	
Backup and Recovery of a Logical Standby Database
 	
Use a RMAN Recovery Catalog in a Data Guard Configuration
 	
Create the Recovery Catalog
 	
Register a Database in the Catalog
 	
Configure Daily Incremental Backups
 	
Recover from the Loss of Datafiles and Control Files on Primary and Standby Databases
 	
Recover from the Loss of Online Redo Logs
 	
Restore and Recover Datafiles across the Network
 	
Roll forward a Physical Standby Database using RECOVER A STANDBY DATABASE FROM SERVICE primary_db
 	
One Command Refresh of the Standby Database
 	
Enable Block Change Tracking for a Physical Standby Database


USE FLASHBACK DATABASE IN A DATA GUARD CONFIGURATION

 	
Overview of Flashback Database Usage in a Data Guard Configuration
 	
Configure Flashback Database
 	
Use Flashback Database Instead of Apply Data
 	
Use Flashback Database and Real Time Apply
 	
Flashback through Standby Database Role Transitions
 	
Automatic Flashback Standby in 19c
 	
Use Flashback Database after Failover


DATA GUARD BROKER OVERVIEW

 	
Overview of Oracle Data Guard Broker
 	
Oracle Enterprise Manager
 	
The DGMGRL Command Line Interface
 	
Data Guard Monitor
 	
Install Oracle Data Guard
 	
Start up the Data Guard Broker
 	
The v$DATAGUARD_PROCESS View


BUILD A CONFIGURATION USING THE BROKER

 	
Prepare for a Configuration Build
 	
Configure the Primary Database
 	
Configure the Standby Database
 	
Validate a Database
 	
New Broker Commands in 18c
 	
Validate a Database spfile
 	
Validate Network Configuration
 	
Validate Status Connect Identifier
 	
Show, Enable and Disable the Configuration
 	
Execute DGMGRL Scripts


MANAGE A CONFIGURATION USING THE BROKER

 	
Data Guard Broker Configuration Files
 	
Display and Edit Database Properties
 	
Set the Configuration Protection Mode
 	
Use Additional Broker Configurable Properties from 18c and 19c
 	
Configure Fast Start Failover
 	
Fast Start Failover in Observer Only Mode from 19c
 	
Execute a Switchover
 	
Execute a Failover
 	
Configure Multiple Failover Targets
 	
Alter the state of a Database
 	
Export the Broker File
 	
Monitor the Configuration
 	
Configure Multiple Observers


CREATE A STANDBY DATABASE WITH THE DBCA

 	


 	
Overview of Creating a Physical Standby Database Creation with the DBCA
 	
Create a Standby Database with the DBCA
 	
Add Entries to the tnsnames.ora File
 	
Use the Data Guard Broker to Create the Configuration
 	
Create the Standby Redo Logs on the Primary Database
 	
Create the Standby Redo Logs on the Standby Database
 	
Verify the Data Guard Configuration
 	
Edit the listener.ora File on the Primary Database
 	
Edit the listener.ora File on the Standby Database
 	
Create a Data Guard Physical Standby Database for a Multitenant Container Database with the dbca in 19c


 	



CREATING A LOGICAL STANDBY USING SQL COMMANDS

 	
Overview of Creating a Logical Standby Database using SQL Commands
 	
Prepare the Primary Database
 	
Prepare the Standby Database
 	
Transition a Physical Standby to a Logical Standby
 	
Start the Standby Instance
 	
Real Time Apply
 	
Delete Archives
 	
Dictionary Views Containing useful Standby Information
 	
Monitor the SQL Apply Progress


MANAGING A LOGICAL STANDBY DATABASE

 	
Overview of SQL Apply Architecture
 	
Transaction Size Considerations
 	
DML and DDL Apply Considerations
 	
Intercept DDL Statements
 	
Skip DML and DDL on the Standby Database
 	
Modify a Logical Standby Database
 	
Materialized Views on the Primary Database
 	
Table Instantiation
 	
Restart SQL Apply
 	
Customize DBA_LOGSTDBY_EVENTS
 	
Rolling Upgrades using Logical Standby
 	
Rolling Upgrades on a Physical Standby
 	
Job Scheduling on a Logical Standby


TUNING A STANDBY DATABASE

 	
Overview of Tuning a Physical Standby Database
 	
Temporary Undo, Global and Variables
 	
The Significance of Tables without Primary Keys
 	
Statistics on the Logical Standby
 	
Transaction Consistency
 	
Adjusting the Number of Applier Processes
 	
Adjusting the Number of Preparer Processes
 	
Tune the Memory for the LCR Cache
 	
Set the ReopenSecs and NetTimeout Database Properties
 	
Compress Redo Transmission
 	
Optimize SQL Apply
 	
Optimize Redo Apply


OVERVIEW OF PATCHING AND UPGRADING DATABASES

 	
Upgrade the Oracle Data Guard Broker Configuration
 	
Upgrade the Oracle Database in a Data Guard Configuration with a Physical Standby Database
 	
Upgrade the Oracle Database in a Data Guard Configuration with a Logical Standby Database
 	
Use DBMS_ROLLING to Upgrade a Database
 	
Leading Group Databases and Leading Group Master
 	
Trailing Group Databases and Trailing Group Master
 	
Use DBMS_ROLLING to Carry out a Rolling Database Upgrade


DATA GUARD QUICK SETUP GUIDE

 	
Data Guard Physical Standby Setup using the Data Guard Broker
 	
Primary Server Setup
 	
Configure Initialization Parameters
 	
Service Setup
 	
Standby Server Setup
 	
Create a Standby Database using DUPLICATE
 	
Enable the Broker
 	
Database Switchover
 	
Database Failover
 	
Read-Only Standby and Active Data Guard
 	
Snapshot standby






                    [post_title] => ORACLE 19c Data Guard course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-19c-data-guard-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:42:34
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:42:34
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5105
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [70] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5107
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 13:14:06
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 13:14:06
                    [post_content] => This Oracle Database 19c Install & Upgrade course is designed to give the Oracle database administrator practical experience in installing Oracle Database 19c software. Delegates will also learn the various methods that can be used to upgrade an earlier release of the Oracle database software to 19c.

Delegate will practice:

 	
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
 	
Understand the concepts of Multitenant architecture
 	
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
 	
Installing the Oracle Database software in interactive mode
 	
Installing the Oracle Database software in in silent mode and using response files
 	
Carrying out an Oracle Database 19c RPM Installation
 	
Using image based client installation
 	
Creating a database with the Database Configuration Assistant in interactive mode
 	
Creating a database with the DBCA in silent mode and using response files
 	
Using Oracle Restart to manage software components
 	
Preparing for an upgrade
 	
Upgrading a database to Oracle Database using the DBUA in interactive and silent modes
 	
Using Oracle Database Autoupgrade
 	
Upgrading an Oracle database manually
 	
Carrying out post-upgrade tasks
 	
Transporting a database using Data Pump
 	
Importing data using a Data Pump network link


Database administrators, technical support staff and anyone who needs to anyone who needs to install and configure Oracle 19c database or upgrade a database to Oracle 19c.

By the end of the ORACLE Database 19c Install and Upgrade course, database administrators will have the knowledge and skills needed to install and configure an Oracle 19c database and will gain practical experience in upgrading a database to Oracle 19c.

 

Delegates should have practical knowledge of administering an Oracle database. They should have attended the Oracle 19c Administration course or have a good working knowledge of Oracle administration.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Note:  This ORACLE Database 19c Install and Upgrade course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

OVERVIEW OF ORACLE DATABASE 12cR2

 	
Overview of the Oracle Database 12cR2
 	
Overview of Oracle Database 12cR2 architecture
 	
Oracle Database instance configuration
 	
Database storage architecture
 	
Database logical and physical structures
 	
Overview of container and pluggable database


Database administrators, technical support staff and anyone who needs to anyone who needs to install and configure Oracle 19c database or upgrade a database to Oracle 19c.

 	
Overview of Container and Pluggable databases
 	
The benefits of Multitenant Architecture
 	
Files in a multitenant database
 	
The structure of the root container
 	
The structure of a pluggable container
 	
CDB_ and DBA_ views


•	INSTALL ORACLE GRID INFRASTRUCTURE ON A STANDALONE SERVER

 	
Overview of Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
 	
System requirements and prerequisites
 	
Create directories and groups for a Grid Infrastructure installation
 	
Configure Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
 	
Overview of ASM storage
 	
Install Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
 	
Upgrade Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server


•	INSTALL THE ORACLE DATABASE SOFTWARE

 	
Plan an installation
 	
System requirements and operating system prerequisites
 	
Oracle Flexible Architecture and directory structures
 	
Carry out pre-installation tasks and checks
 	
Set environment variables
 	
Interactive Oracle Database Software Installation with the OUI
 	
The Oracle Inventory
 	
Silent mode installation in 18c/19c
 	
Use Response Files
 	
Oracle Database 19c RPM Installation
 	
Image based client installation
 	
Database Software De-install


•	CREATE A DATABASE WITH THE DATABASE CONFIGURATION ASSISTANT (DBCA)

 	
Selecting a database storage method
 	
Select a CDB or non-CDB database
 	
Select a database type based on workload
 	
Select a character set for the database
 	
Set the NLS_LANG initialization parameter
 	
Create a database with the DBCA
 	
Create a Database using a response file with DBCA silent mode
 	
Create a Database with DBCA silent mode
 	
Create a Duplicate database using silent mode from 19c
 	
Delete a database with DBCA silent mode
 	
Create a database design template
 	
Carry out post database creation tasks
 	
Read-Only homes from Oracle 18c


ORACLE RESTART

 	
Benefits of Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
 	
Overview of using Oracle Restart
 	
The ohasd daemon
 	
Use commands to manage the Oracle Restart Stack
 	
Add components to Oracle Restart
 	
Use the srvctl utility to manage, start and stop and manage components
 	
Upgrade and patch the 18c or 19c home


•	PREPARATION FOR UPGRADE

 	
Upgrade process overview
 	
Methods used to perform upgrade
 	
Methods of data migration
 	
Direct upgrade supported releases
 	
Methods used to perform indirect upgrades
 	
The Database Upgrade Assistant
 	
Manual Upgrade Methods
 	
Rolling Upgrade for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
 	
Create an upgrade test plan
 	
Carry out performance testing
 	
Prepare to Upgrade a Database
 	
Run the Pre-Upgrade Information tool
 	
Check for compatibility issues
 	
Use the ORAchk Utility
 	
Backup the database
 	
Create the new Oracle home
 	
Install the Oracle Database 18c/19c software
 	
Oracle 19c Upgrade of Expired Password Accounts


PERFORM AN UPGRADE

 	
Upgrade a database with the Database Upgrade Assistant (DBUA)
 	
Perform an upgrade of an Oracle Database to 12.2.0.n
 	
Perform Post upgrade actions
 	
Upgrade a database with the DBUA
 	
Manually start a failed upgrade
 	
Common installation errors
 	
Run the DBUA in silent mode
 	
Oracle Database Autoupgrade
 	
Carry out post upgrade tasks
 	
Migrate to Unified Auditing
 	
Deprecated database features and parameters
 	
De-supported database features and parameters


MIGRATE DATA WITH DATA PUMP

 	
Migrate data with Data Pump
 	
Transport a database
 	
Import data using a Data Pump network link




































                    [post_title] => ORACLE Database 19c Install and Upgrade course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-19c-install-and-upgrade-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:39:53
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:39:53
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5107
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [71] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5109
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 13:19:44
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 13:19:44
                    [post_content] => This Oracle 19c SQL Performance Tuning course introduces the delegate to the main concepts of Oracle SQL performance tuning. It is designed to give delegates practical experience in analysing and tuning the performance of SQL.

Delegates will practice:

 	
Selecting an Appropriate SQL Tuning Approach
 	
Tuning Database Applications for Optimal Performance
 	
Managing Statistics
 	
Creating and Using Indexes
 	
Structuring SQL Statements for Performance
 	
Examining and Interpreting the Execution Plan of a SQL Statement using EXPLAIN PLAN
 	
Examining the Efficiency of SQL Statements using SQL Trace and Autotrace
 	
Using the SQL Tuning Advisor
 	
Identifying SQL Statements that Perform Badly
 	
Using Hints to Influence Execution Plan
 	
Identifying Unused Indexes


SQL programmers, application developers, designers and technical support professionals.

On completion of this ORACLE 19c SQL Performance Tuning course delegates will have will have the knowledge to monitor and tune an Oracle database application.

 

A working knowledge of Oracle SQL is required.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Note:  This ORACLE 19c SQL Performance Tuning course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

 

INTRODUCTION TO PERFORMANCE TUNING

 	
Tuning Overview of Oracle Database Tuning
 	
Application Developer Tuning Responsibilities
 	
Oracle DBA Tuning Responsibilities
 	
Oracle Tuning Process
 	
Plan a Routine Monitoring Regime
 	
Setting Suitable Goals
 	
Syntax Considerations


TOOLS FOR EVALUATING SQL STATEMENTS

 	
Overview of SQL Statement Tuning
 	
Tools to Assist in SQL Tuning
 	
Use Explain Plan, Autotrace and SQL Trace to Examine the Execution of a SQL Statement
 	
Interpreting a SQL Trace


THE SQL OPTIMIZER

 	
The SQL Optimizer
 	
Statement Transformation
 	
The Optimizer_Mode Initialization Parameter
 	
Cost Based Optimizer
 	
Managing Statistics with DBMS_STATS
 	
Automatic Statistics Gathering
 	
Optimizer Adaptive Parameters
 	
Dynamic Statistics
 	
Online Statistics Gathering for Bulk Loads


SORTS

 	
How Oracle Processes Sorts
 	
Temporary Disk Space Assignment
 	
SQL Operations that Use Sorts


INDEXES

 	
Index Overview
 	
Selecting Suitable Columns for an Index
 	
B*Tree Indexes
 	
Rebuild an Index
 	
Create Multiple Indexes on the Same Column
 	
Composite Indexes
 	
Descending Indexes
 	
Access Paths with Indexes
 	
Index Scans
 	
Conditions That Stop Indexes Being Used
 	
Parameters that Affect Optimizer Index Choice


ADVANCED INDEXES

 	
Bitmap Indexes
 	
Key Compressed Indexes
 	
Index Organized Tables
 	
Function Based Indexes
 	
Invisible Indexes
 	
Table Partitioning
 	
Serial Direct Path Reads
 	
Advanced Index Compression


JOIN OPERATIONS

 	
Understand Access Paths
 	
Joining Tables
 	
Nested Loops Join
 	
Merge Join
 	
Cluster Join
 	
Hash Join
 	
Anti Join and Semi Join
 	
Outer Joins
 	
Star Join
 	
Improve Optimization with Different Access Paths


SQL TUNING ADVISOR USING SQL DEVELOPER

 	
Overview of the DBMS_SQL_TUNE Package
 	
Using the SQL Tuning Advisor with SQL Developer


SEQUENCES AND VIEWS

 	
Sequence Caching
 	
Views
 	
View Merging
 	
Inline Views


USING HINTS

 	
Using Hints to Influence Execution Plan
 	
Optimization Mode and Goals
 	
Access Methods
 	
Query Transformations
 	
Join Orders
 	
Join Operations
 	
Hint Examples


MISCELLANEOUS

 	
Tips for Avoiding Problematic Queries
 	
Oracle 12.2 SQL*Plus Performance Setting Options
 	
Array Size
 	
The Shared Pool
 	
Intelligent Cursor Sharing
 	
Virtual Columns
 	
The WITH Clause
 	
Bind Variable Usage
 	
Result Caching
 	
Approximate Query Processing
 	
Reduce Cursor Invalidations for DDLs
 	
Some PL/SQL Performance Issues






























                    [post_title] => ORACLE 19c SQL Performance Tuning course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-19c-sql-performance-tuning
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:38:10
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:38:10
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5109
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [72] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5114
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 13:31:24
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 13:31:24
                    [post_content] => This Oracle 19c DBA Performance Tuning & Management course introduces how to use tuning goals and methodologies to identify tuning contentions in an Oracle database and how to take corrective action, how to detect and tune common database performance problems, how to use the database advisors to proactively tune a database and how to use the various tools provided by Oracle to tune a database.

Delegate will practice:

 	
Tuning database applications for optimal performance
 	
Identifying and resolving common tuning problems
 	
Using diagnostic sources
 	
Managing database statistics
 	
Identifying and correcting problem SQL statements
 	
Examining the execution plan of a SQL statement using Explain Plan
 	
Examining the efficiency of SQL statements using SQL trace and autotrace
 	
Using tools for monitoring and diagnosing SQL performance issues
 	
Tuning memory components
 	
Tuning the SGA and Shared Pool
 	
Tuning the data block buffers
 	
Using Automatic Memory Management
 	
Setting the PGA and temporary space
 	
Managing disk I/O
 	
Tuning block space
 	
Monitoring statistics and wait events
 	
Using metrics, alerts and baselines
 	
Using AWR and ADDM


Database administrators and technical support staff.

By the end of the course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Use tuning goals and methodologies
 	
Detect and tune common database performance problems
 	
Use the database advisors to proactively tune a database
 	
Use the AWR and ADDM tools to tune a database
 	
 Use Enterprise Manager to monitor an Oracle database


Delegates should have practical knowledge of using SQL and of administering an Oracle database. They should have attended the Oracle SQL and the Oracle Database 19c Administration course or have a good working knowledge of Oracle SQL and Oracle database administration.  The ability to describe and use Oracle built-in packages would be highly advantageous but is not essential.

This course is run on a Linux operating system, a basic knowledge of Linux/UNIX is recommended but is not essential.

The first 2 days of this course cover the same content as per the ORACLE 19c SQL Performance Tuning course.  Please refer to that course outline for relevant course modules.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Note:  This Oracle Database 19c DBA Performance Tuning and Management course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

ORACLE 19c SQL Performance Tuning
The first two days of this ORACLE Database 19c DBA Performance Tuning and Management course cover the same content as per the ORACLE 19c SQL Performance Tuning course.  Please refer to that course outline for relevant course modules.

BASIC TUNING DIAGNOSTICS

 	
Performance Tuning Diagnostics, Features, Tools
 	
DB Time
 	
CPU and Wait Time Tuning Dimensions
 	
Time Model
 	
Dynamic Performance Views
 	
Database Statistics
 	
Wait Events
 	
Diagnostic Sources
 	
Log Files and Trace Files


REDUCE THE COST OF SQL OPERATIONS

 	
Identify Unusable Objects
 	
Maintain Indexes
 	
The SQL Access Advisor
 	
Maintain Tables and Reorganize Tables
 	
Manage Extents
 	
Compress Tables
 	
Row Chaining and Row Migration
 	
Segment Shrink


THE SQL PERFORMANCE ANALYZER

 	
An Overview of the SQL Performance Analyzer
 	
Usage of the SQL Performance Analyzer
 	
Capture a SQL Workload
 	
Create a SQL Performance Analyzer Task
 	
Generate Comparison Reports
 	
Tune Regressed Statements
 	
Guided Workflow Analysis
 	
SQL Performance Analyzer Views


SQL PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT

 	
Maintenance of the Optimizer Statistics
 	
Optimizer Statistics Collection
 	
Gather Statistics Options
 	
Defer Publishing Statistics
 	
The Optimizer Statistics Advisor
 	
The Expression Statistics Store
 	
Adaptive Query Optimization
 	
Continuous Adaptive Query Plans
 	
Automatic SQL Tuning
 	
SQL Monitoring
 	
SQL Monitoring with the SQL Tuning Advisor
 	
SQL Monitoring with Enterprise Manager and SQL Developer
 	
The SQL Access Advisor
 	
SQL Plan Management
 	
SQL Diagnostics and Repair


AUTOMATIC MEMORY MANAGEMENT

 	
Overview of Automatic Shared Memory Management
 	
Dynamic SGA
 	
Parameters for Sizing the SGA
 	
Enable and Disable Automatic Shared Memory Management
 	
Use the SGA Advisor
 	
Overview of Automatic Memory Management
 	
Enable and Disable Automatic Memory Management
 	
Monitor Automatic Memory Management
 	
The PGA Aggregate Limit


TUNE THE SHARED POOL

 	
Overview of the Shared Pool Architecture
 	
Latches and Mutexes
 	
Diagnostic Tools for Tuning the Shared Pool
 	
Avoiding Hard Parses
 	
Pin Objects in the Shared Pool
 	
Size the Shared Pool
 	
Avoiding Fragmentation of the Shared Pool
 	
The Data Dictionary Cache
 	
The SQL Query Result Cache


TUNE THE BUFFER CACHE

 	
Overview of the Database Buffer Cache Architecture
 	
Buffer Cache Tuning Goals and Techniques
 	
Buffer Cache Performance Symptoms and Solutions
 	
Buffer Cache Advisor
 	
Database Smart Flash Cache
 	
Full Database Caching
 	
When to Flush the Buffer CachE


TUNE PGA AND TEMPORARY SPACE

 	
Overview of the PGA
 	
SQL Memory Usage
 	
Automatic PGA Memory Mode Configuration
 	
Configure the PGA for a New Instance
 	
PGA Target Advice Statistics and Histograms
 	
Automatic PGA and AWR Reports
 	
Temporary Tablespace Management
 	
Temporary Tablespace Group
 	
Multiple Temporary Tablespaces
 	
Monitoring Temporary Tablespaces
 	
Temporary Tablespace Shrink
 	
Data Dictionary Views and Sort Segment


CREATE AND USE SNAPSHOTS AND BASELINES WITH THE AUTOMATIC WORKLOAD REPOSITORY

 	
An Overview of In-Built Automatic Tuning Capabilities
 	
An Overview of the Automatic Workload Repository
 	
AWR Data
 	
Enterprise Manager and the AWR
 	
Create and Compare Snapshots
 	
Examine AWR Reports
 	
Create and Compare Baselines
 	
Moving Window Baseline
 	
Baseline Templates
 	
Baselines Views
 	
Performance Monitoring and Baselines
 	
Compare Periods Report
 	
Define Alert Thresholds Using a Static Baseline
 	
Configure Adaptive Thresholds
 	
Performance Hub Active Report


USE METRICS AND ALERTS

 	
An Overview of Metrics and Alerts
 	
The Benefits and Limitations of Metrics and Alerts
 	
System Generated, Threshold Generated and Event Based Alerts
 	
Set Thresholds
 	
View Metric History Information
 	
View Histograms
 	
Metric and Alert Views


USE AWR-BASED TOOLS

 	
Automatic Maintenance Tasks
 	
Maintenance Window Configuration
 	
ADDM Performance Monitoring
 	
Active History
 	
Generate an ASH Report
 	
Real-time ADDM


REAL TIME DATABASE OPERATION MONITORING

 	
Overview of Real Time Database Operation Monitoring
 	
Database Operation Concepts
 	
Define a Database Operation
 	
Enable the Monitoring of Database Operations
 	
Identify, Start and Complete a Database Operation
 	
Monitor the Progress of a Database Operation
 	
Database Operation Views
 	
Database Operation Tuning


MONITOR APPLICATIONS

 	
The Attributes and Types of Services
 	
Create Services
 	
Use Services with Client Applications
 	
Use Services with the Resource Manager
 	
Use Services the Oracle Scheduler
 	
Services and Metric Thresholds
 	
Use Aggregation of Services with Tracing
 	
The Top Services Performance Page


•	BIG DATA AND DATA WAREHOUSE FEATURES

 	
Online Statistics gathering for Bulk Loads
 	
Real Time Statistics Gathering During DML Operations
 	
Configure a High Frequency Statistics Gathering Job
 	
Basic and Advanced Table Compression
 	
Advanced Index Compression
 	
Reduce Cursor Invalidations For DDLS
 	
Automatic Indexing with DBMS_AUTO_INDEX
 	
Scaleable Sequences
 	
Bitmap-Based COUNT(DISTINCT) SQL Functions
 	
Quarantine of Runaway SQL Statements


TUNE DATABASE I/O

 	
An Overview of Database I/O Management
 	
I/O Architecture and Modes
 	
Important I/O Metrics for Oracle Databases
 	
I/O Calibration
 	
I/O Statistics and Diagnostics
 	
Layout Files using Operating System or Hardware Striping
 	
Manually Distribute Files to Reduce I/O Contention
 	
Sample Configurations
 	
Asynchronous and Synchronous I/O
 	
Multi-Threaded Oracle
 	
Automatic Storage Management (ASM)


SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE TUNING

 	
The Potential Impact of Initialization Parameters on Performance
 	
Initially Size Memory for a Database
 	
Recommended Best Practices for Different Types of Tablespaces
 	
Determine and Use Block Sizes
 	
Size the Redo Log Buffer and the Redo Log Files
 	
Configure Automatic Statistics Gathering












                    [post_title] => ORACLE 19c DBA Performance Tuning and Management course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-19c-dba-performance-tuning-and-management-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:35:55
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:35:55
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5114
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [73] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5116
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 13:57:25
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 13:57:25
                    [post_content] => This Oracle PL/SQL course is designed to introduce Oracle DBAs, software development personnel and database support staff to the primary features and constructs of the PL/SQL Programming Language.

Delegate will learn and practice:

 	
Writing and running PL/SQL programs from SQL*Plus or SQL Developer
 	
Declaring and using variables and constants
 	
Assigning and manipulating values
 	
Using SQL statements within PL/SQL
 	
Implementing conditional execution and loop constructs
 	
Declaring and using cursors with and without parameters
 	
Updating data with cursors
 	
Trapping and handling errors and exceptions in code
 	
Implementing nested and labelled loops and blocks
 	
Raising exceptions
 	
Handling PL/SQL records and tables
 	
Using PL/SQL table built-in functions


Oracle database administrators, software development personnel and database support staff who need to write PL/SQL scripts to enhance their productivity in manipulating data.

By the end of this Oracle PL/SQL course, delegates will have the knowledge and skills needed to write stand-alone programs using the main features of Oracle's PL/SQL Programming Language.

A working knowledge of SQL*Plus or SQL Developer and Oracle SQL is required along with practical experience in writing SQL statements (via our Oracle SQL course). Some previous programming experience will also prove handy.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Note: This Oracle PL/SQL course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

PL/SQL FUNDAMENTALS 

 	
What is PL/SQL?
 	
Basic Elements
 	
Variables and Constants
 	
Data Types
 	
Initialising Variables and Assigning Values
 	
Using SQL Statements in Code
 	
Generating Output to SQL or SQL Developer


PROGRAM LOGIC

 	
IF THEN ELSIF ELSE Statements
 	
CASE Statements
 	
The Basic Loop Construct
 	
WHILE and FOR Loops
 	
Nested and Labelled Loops
 	
The GOTO Statement
 	
The CONTINUE Statement


USING CURSORS

 	
What is a Cursor?
 	
Implicit and Explicit Cursors
 	
Cursor Operations
 	
Declaring, Opening and Closing Cursors
 	
Fetching Rows
 	
Status Checking
 	
Using Cursors FOR UPDATE
 	
The Cursor FOR Loop
 	
Parameterised Cursors


EXCEPTIONS AND NESTED BLOCKS

 	
The EXCEPTION Section
 	
Types of Exception
 	
Handling Named System-Raised Exceptions
 	
Handling Un-named System-Raised Exceptions
 	
User-Declared Exceptions and Application Errors
 	
WHEN OTHERS THEN NULL
 	
Nested and Labelled Blocks
 	
Propagation of Exceptions
 	
Scope of Variables and Cursors
 	
Scope of Goto Statements


PL/SQL RECORDS AND INDEX-BY TABLES

 	
Declaring Record Types
 	
Handling PL/SQL Records
 	
Nested Records
 	
Declaring PL/SQL Index-By Tables or Associative Arrays
 	
PL/SQL Table Built-in Functions
 	
Manipulating PL/SQL Tables or Associative Arrays
















































                    [post_title] => ORACLE PL/SQL course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-plsql-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:33:50
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:33:50
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5116
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [74] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5118
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 14:02:43
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 14:02:43
                    [post_content] => This Oracle SQL Advanced course is designed to give delegates practical practical experience in using some of the more advanced features of Oracle SQL.  Additional datatypes and the use of advanced SQL functions and expressions are covered together with enhanced table handling features.

Delegate will practice:

 	
Retrieving Data Using Correlated Subqueries, In-Line Views and Multi-Column Subqueries
 	
Using the WITH Clause
 	
Inserting and Updating Rows Using Complex Subqueries
 	
Creating Hierarchical Queries
 	
Creating Analytic Queries
 	
Using ROLLUP, CUBE and GROUPING SETS Group By Enhancements
 	
Implementing the GROUPING and GROUPING_ID Functions
 	
Managing Large Data Sets
 	
Inserting Data Conditionally and Unconditionally
 	
Merging Rows in a Table
 	
Creating TIMESTAMP and INTERVAL Datatypes
 	
Using TIMESTAMP, TIMEZONE and INTERVAL Functions and Literals
 	
Using Regular Expressions and Implementing Related Functions
 	
Managing Objects with the Data Dictionary
 	
Managing Schema Objects
 	
Performing Flashback Operations
 	
Creating and Using External Tables
 	
Controlling User Access to Database Objects


Anyone needing the more advanced features of SQL to improve their productivity in querying and updating an Oracle database.

By the end of this Oracle SQL Advanced course, delegates will have the knowledge and skills needed to use the more advanced features of Oracle SQL.

Delegates should have attended the Oracle SQL course or have a similar level of experience.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Note: This Oracle SQL Advanced course is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

ACCESS CONTROL

 	
System Privileges and Roles
 	
Create Users
 	
Alter User Details
 	
Grant and Revoke Object Privileges


RETRIEVE DATA USING SUBQUERIES

 	
ANY, ALL or SOME Operators
 	
Correlated Subqueries
 	
In-Line Views
 	
The Exists Operator
 	
The WITH Clause
 	
Multi-Column Subqueries
 	
Insert and Update Using a Query
 	
Correlated Update and Delete


HIERARCHICAL QUERIES

 	
Hierarchical data
 	
The START WITH and CONNECT BY clauses
 	
The LEVEL pseudo-column
 	
Sequencing the output
 	
Eliminating nodes and branches


ENHANCED GROUPING FEATURES

 	
Review of basic grouping concepts
 	
The ROLLUP and CUBE extensions
 	
The GROUPING SETS extension
 	
Using the GROUPING and GROUPING_ID functions


ANALYTIC QUERIES

 	
Ranking functions
 	
The NTILE and WIDTH_BUCKET functions
 	
Analytic Aggregate functions
 	
The FIRST and LAST Value functions
 	
The LEAG and LAG Functions
 	
The LISTAGG Function


MANAGE LARGE DATA SETS

 	
Multi-table Inserts
 	
Conditional and Unconditional Inserts
 	
Merging Data into a Table
 	
Table and View Based Merge
 	
A Sub Query Based Merge


FLASHBACK TECHNOLOGY

 	
Flashback Query
 	
The AS Clause
 	
Flashback Table
 	
Flashback Drop


REGULAR EXPRESSION SUPPORT

 	
Regular Expression Notation
 	
Character matching
 	
Repetition operators
 	
Sub expression grouping
 	
Regular expression functions


MANAGE OBJECTS WITH THE DATA DICTIONARY

 	
The Data Dictionary
 	
Useful Data Dictionary Tables
 	
Using the Data Dictionary


ADVANCED SCHEMA MANAGEMENT

 	
Virtual columns
 	
Invisible columns
 	
Default values for table columns
 	
Function Based Indexes
 	
Creating and Using External Tables


DATE, TIME AND TIMEZONE SUPPORT

 	
Date, Timestamp and Interval datatypes
 	
Handling dates and times
 	
Handling intervals
 	
Date, timestamp and interval functions and literals
 	
Related NLS parameters






























                    [post_title] => ORACLE SQL Advanced
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-sql-advanced
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:31:21
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:31:21
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5118
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [75] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 5122
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2016-12-05 14:21:27
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-05 14:21:27
                    [post_content] => This Oracle SQL Fundamentals course is designed to give delegates practical experience in writing Oracle SQL statements and scripts.   A wide range of SQL functions and data manipulation statements are introduced.

Delegates will practice:

 	
Creating Oracle SQL statements to query database tables
 	
Using standard aggregate functions and related SELECT statement clauses
 	
Implementing extended SQL functions
 	
Joining Tables
 	
Using subqueries
 	
Using SQL parameters
 	
Creating and altering tables and views
 	
Inserting, updating and deleting rows in database tables
 	
Managing sequences and synonyms
 	
Retrieving Data Using Correlated Subqueries, In-Line Views and Multi-Column Subqueries
 	
Using the WITH Clause
 	
Inserting and Updating Rows Using Complex Subqueries
 	
Creating Hierarchical Queries
 	
Creating Analytic Queries
 	
Using ROLLUP, CUBE and GROUPING SETS Group By Enhancements
 	
Implementing the GROUPING and GROUPING_ID Functions
 	
Managing Large Data Sets
 	
Inserting Data Conditionally and Unconditionally
 	
Merging Rows in a Table
 	
Creating TIMESTAMP and INTERVAL Datatypes
 	
Using TIMESTAMP, TIMEZONE and INTERVAL Functions and Literals
 	
Using Regular Expressions and Implementing Related Functions
 	
Managing Objects with the Data Dictionary
 	
Managing Schema Objects
 	
Performing Flashback Operations
 	
Creating and Using External Tables
 	
Controlling User Access to Database Objects


Anyone needing to use Oracle SQL to query and update data in an Oracle database.

On completion of this Oracle SQL Fundamentals course delegates will have the knowledge to query and update data held in an Oracle Relational Database.

There are no formal prerequisites for the Oracle SQL Fundamentals course, although an understanding of database concepts would be useful.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Note: This Oracle SQL Fundamentals is run on a public schedule or can be taken as a private in-house company course UK wide.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

RELATIONAL DATABASE CONCEPTS

 	
What is an Oracle Database
 	
Relational Database Structures
 	
Tables, Rows and Columns
 	
Indexes, Primary Keys and Foreign Keys
 	
Supported Datatypes
 	
The Data Dictionary


USING SQL*PLUS and DEVELOPER

 	
What is SQL*Plus
 	
Getting Started
 	
Entering and Executing SQL Statements
 	
The SQL*Plus Command Line History
 	
Editing SQL Statements
 	
The login.sql File
 	
Creating, Editing and Executing SQL Files
 	
The SQLcl Utility
 	
What is Oracle SQL Developer
 	
Starting SQL Developer
 	
Configure a Connection
 	
Navigation Tabs
 	
SQL Worksheet
 	
Query Builder


RETRIEVING DATA WITH THE SELECT STATEMENT

 	
The SELECT Statement
 	
The SELECT and FROM Clauses
 	
Conditions and the WHERE Clause
 	
Other Conditional Operators
 	
Logical Operators
 	
The ORDER BY Clause
 	
Column Aliases
 	
Arithmetic Expressions
 	
Precedence of Operators
 	
Markup CSV


AGGREGATE FUNCTIONS & JOINING TABLES

 	
Overview of Built In Aggregate Functions
 	
The GROUP BY Clause
 	
The HAVING Clause
 	
Overview of Table Joins
 	
Inner Joins
 	
Table Aliases
 	
Outer Joins
 	
Self Joins
 	
ANSI Standard Joins


BASIC SUBQUERIES AND SET OPERATORS

 	
Overview of Subqueries
 	
Basic Subqueries
 	
Set Operators


NUMERIC, CHARACTER AND DATE FUNCTIONS

 	
Function Types
 	
Using the Table dual to try out Functions
 	
Numeric Functions
 	
Character Functions
 	
String Concatenation
 	
Date Arithmetic and Date Functions


CONVERSION AND MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS

 	
Conversion Functions
 	
The NVL and NVL2 Functions
 	
The DECODE Function
 	
CASE Expressions
 	
The COALESCE and NULLIF Functions


SQL PARAMETERS

 	
Command Line Substitution Parameters
 	
The Accept Command
 	
The Define and Undefine Commands


USING SUBQUERIES

 	
Overview of Subqueries
 	
In-Line Views
 	
Top-N Queries
 	
Complex Subqueries
 	
Multi Column Subqueries
 	
Correlated Subqueries
 	
Subquery Rules
 	
Using the ANY, ALL and SOME Operators


MANAGING DATA, TABLES, INDEXES and VIEWS

 	
Inserting, Updating, Deleting Rows
 	
Verifying Updates
 	
Transaction Control
 	
Commit and Rollback
 	
Savepoints
 	
Commits and Constraints
 	
Amending Data in SQL Developer
 	
Creating Tables
 	
Specifying Constraints
 	
Altering Tables, Columns and Constraints
 	
Dropping Tables, Columns and Constraints
 	
Copying Tables
 	
Creating Indexes
 	
Dropping Indexes
 	
Listing Indexes
 	
Creating and Using Views
 	
Dropping Views
 	
Listing Views


MANAGING SEQUENCES AND SYNONYMS

 	
Create a Sequence
 	
View Sequence Details
 	
Create a Synonym
 	
List Synonyms


ACCESS CONTROL

 	
System Privileges and Roles
 	
Create Users
 	
Alter User Details
 	
Grant and Revoke Object Privileges


RETRIEVE DATA USING SUBQUERIES

 	
ANY, ALL or SOME Operators
 	
Correlated Subqueries
 	
In-Line Views
 	
The Exists Operator
 	
The WITH Clause
 	
Multi-Column Subqueries
 	
Insert and Update Using a Query
 	
Correlated Update and Delete


HIERARCHICAL and ANALYTIC QUERIES

 	
Hierarchical data
 	
The START WITH and CONNECT BY clauses
 	
The LEVEL pseudo-column
 	
Sequencing the output
 	
Eliminating nodes and branches
 	
Ranking functions
 	
The NTILE and WIDTH_BUCKET functions
 	
Analytic Aggregate functions
 	
The FIRST and LAST Value functions
 	
The LEAG and LAG Functions
 	
The LISTAGG Function


ENHANCED GROUPING FEATURES

 	
Review of basic grouping concepts
 	
The ROLLUP and CUBE extensions
 	
The GROUPING SETS extension
 	
Using the GROUPING and GROUPING_ID functions


MANAGE LARGE DATA SETS AND FLASHBACK TECHNOLOGY

 	
Multi-table Inserts
 	
Conditional and Unconditional Inserts
 	
Merging Data into a Table
 	
Table and View Based Merge
 	
A Sub Query Based Merge
 	
Flashback Query
 	
The AS Clause
 	
Flashback Table
 	
Flashback Drop


REGULAR EXPRESSION SUPPORT

 	
Regular Expression Notation
 	
Character matching
 	
Repetition operators
 	
Sub expression grouping
 	
Regular expression functions


THE DATA DICTIONARY and ADVANCED SCHEMA MANAGEMENT

 	
The Data Dictionary
 	
Useful Data Dictionary Tables
 	
Using the Data Dictionary
 	
Virtual columns
 	
Invisible columns
 	
Default values for table columns
 	
Function Based Indexes
 	
Creating and Using External Tables


DATE, TIME AND TIMEZONE SUPPORT

 	
Date, Timestamp and Interval datatypes
 	
Handling dates and times
 	
Handling intervals
 	
Date, timestamp and interval functions and literals
 	
Related NLS parameters






                    [post_title] => ORACLE SQL Fundamentals
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => oracle-sql-fundamentals
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-09 10:29:40
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-09 10:29:40
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=5122
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [76] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6167
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2017-05-26 10:05:18
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2017-05-26 10:05:18
                    [post_content] => During this Adobe Captivate Introduction course delegates will learn the basic skills required to create eLearning media covering recording demonstrations, adding screen shots, images, captions, rollovers, clickable areas, typing areas, rollovers, zoom areas and Flash animations, integrating multimedia, adding sound, and create quizzes that can be integrated into SCORM compliant Learning Management Systems; and publish to web, desktops, and apps for mobile.

Adobe Captivate is a powerful Rapid eLearning authoring tool that allows virtually any kind of responsive interactive content to be developed, deliverable to almost any device, without the need for coding.  Rich eLearning content can be developed quickly (e.g. product demos, application simulations, soft skills and compliance training, live and self-paced online courses, self-service videos, employee on-boarding modules) and you can import PowerPoint slides and enhance them with actors, user interaction and quizzes.

eLearning authors, corporate training professionals/educators and in-house content developers.

By the end of this Adobe Captivate Introduction Course, attendees will have learnt:

 	
The CBT development process
 	
To editing text captions and the timeline
 	
To work with images, pointer paths and buttons
 	
To add and work with audio, video and animation
 	
To add quiz’s and publish content
 	
To use skins and templates


No prior knowledge of Captivate is assumed however a good knowledge of PowerPoint is useful but not essential.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE: We only offer this Adobe Captivate Introduction course on a private in-house basis. For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.
Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Introduction to Captivate

 	
Project and user requirements
 	
Resolution and recording size
 	
Explore the interface
 	
Discuss project workflows


Themes

 	
Use themes
 	
Create themes
 	
Set default themes


Smart Objects

 	
Add and edit smart objects
 	
Use for interactivity


Preferences and Object Styles

 	
Create project and captivate preferences
 	
Share project preferences
 	
Use and create objects Styles
 	
Update and reset object styles
 	
Share object styles


Text Captions

 	
Insert text captions
 	
Use the check spelling
 	
Create and applying styles
 	
Edit objects


Timeline

 	
Work with the timeline
 	
Adjust time and transition effects
 	
Control the stacking order


Slides and Masters

 	
Add different slide types
 	
Understand different slide types
 	
Use and create master slides
 	
Control timing and effects


Working with Images

 	
Set image size and position
 	
Align, arrange and distribute
 	
Use the library


Add Buttons & Visual Items

 	
Add different button types
 	
Create links and branching
 	
Explore the branching view
 	
Create custom buttons
 	
Click boxes
 	
Pointer paths and types
 	
Highlight boxes


Rollover Captions

 	
Insert a rollover Image
 	
Edit rollover area properties
 	
Insert a zoom area


Sound

 	
Record audio
 	
Calibrate a microphone
 	
Edit an audio file
 	
Insert silence
 	
Add closed captioning


Annimation

 	
Discuss frame rates
 	
Add animation to a slide
 	
Insert text animation
 	
Insert video
 	
Set video properties


Demonstrations & Simulations

 	
Capture software simulations
 	
Edit software simulations
 	
Capture training simulations
 	
Edit training simulations
 	
Capture assessment simulations
 	
Edit assessment simulations


Using PowerPoint

 	
Import a PowerPoint presentation
 	
PowerPoint “round tripping”
 	
Resizing projects
 	
Perform a “round trip” from MS Word


Skins

 	
Apply a skin to a project
 	
Edit and save a skin


Project Settings

 	
Set project properties
 	
Add project information
 	
Add a preloader


Question Slides

 	
Insert a question slide
 	
Add content to a question Slide
 	
Format the question title
 	
Format the question answer
 	
Set question slide options


Publishing & LMS

 	
Publish options
 	
Reporting options and the manifest
 	
Set reporting options
 	
Create a manifest file
 	
Publish a zipped flash project
 	
Upload to an LMS









                    [post_title] => Adobe Captivate Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-captivate-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-01 09:18:21
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-01 09:18:21
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6167
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [77] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6170
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2017-05-26 10:13:15
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2017-05-26 10:13:15
                    [post_content] => This Adobe Captivate Intermediate course takes experienced Captivate users into the advanced features available - Advanced Actions and Shared Actions are explored in full, along with the Effects Panel and the new Learning Interactions.

Adobe Captivate is a powerful Rapid eLearning authoring tool that allows virtually any kind of responsive interactive content to be developed, deliverable to almost any device, without the need for coding.

eLearning authors and in-house content developers.

By the end of this Adobe Captivate Intermediate course, attendees will have learnt:

 	
Importing & Branching
 	
Advanced Actions
 	
Question Pools
 	
Learning Management Systems
 	
Accessible Projects
 	
Project and Design Templates
 	
Variables, widgets & buttons


Attendance of our Introduction course or equivalent knowledge.  Lots of hands-on experience in creating and publishing Captivate Projects is beneficial.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

NOTE: We only offer this Adobe Captivate Intermediate course on a private in-house basis.

Question Pools

 	
Create a question pool
 	
Add questions to a question pool
 	
Export question pools
 	
Insert random question slides


Advanced Question Options

 	
Create multi answer feedback
 	
Add partial and negative quiz scoring
 	
Add a pre-test
 	
Review and change given answers
 	
Create branch based questions


Buttons

 	
Create smart shape buttons
 	
Add custom states
 	
Create toggle buttons


Advanced Interactions

 	
Enhance projects using advanced Interactions
 	
Create multiple interactions
 	
Control object visibility
 	
Create conditional actions
 	
Use IF and ELSE conditions


Variables

 	
Enhance projects using system variables
 	
Personalise and collect data using user variables


Projects

 	
Create and output HTML 5 friendly content
 	
Insert a table of contents
 	
Create structured projects


Annimation

 	
Add animation to a project
 	
Create trigger based animations


Interactions & Widgets

 	
Insert and edit Interactions
 	
Insert widgets

 

Responsive Projects

 	
Adjust responsive width and height
 	
Setup object positioning
 	
Hide elements per view
 	
Develop an efficient workflow
 	
Understand the parent to child workflow
 	
Reset properties for all views
 	
Quiz-related variables




































                    [post_title] => Adobe Captivate Intermediate Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => adobe-captivate-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-04-01 09:03:14
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-01 09:03:14
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6170
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [78] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6194
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2017-07-18 14:09:53
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2017-07-18 14:09:53
                    [post_content] => This CorelDRAW 2020 Introduction course fully explores this feature-packed vector graphics suite which includes a large collection of fonts and clip art.   A full range of editing tools allows the user to produce illustrations of just about any description via the ability to edit any shape or character with ease and precision, generate text both in paragraph or headline style, fit text to curves and objects and add special effects.

Our CorelDRAW 2020 Introduction course is designed to enable new users to start using CorelDRAW’s extensive editing tools to work with text and precision drawing features quickly and easily.

The course content also applies to earlier versions of CorelDRAW and can be customised to fit into 1 day.

Graphic designers and anyone needing to use CorelDRAW to create and work with images.

By the end of this CorelDRAW 2020 Introduction course, attendees will be able to:

 	
Use tools and palettes effectively and understand the terminology
 	
Create and edit images and text
 	
Apply a range of special effects to images


No prior knowledge of CorelDRAW is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note:  We only offer this CorelDRAW 2020 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

 

Introduction

 	
CorelDRAW Overview
 	
Navigating
 	
Show/hide palettes
 	
New document setup
 	
Using Zoom & Viewing modes


Creating Basic Objects

 	
Using drawing & shaping tools
 	
Drawing rectangles, circles, polygons, lines and curves
 	
Setting object fills & outlines
 	
Copying object attributes


Manipulating Objects

 	
Select/Move/Copy/Resize
 	
Rotate & skew
 	
Altering the pivot point
 	
Align/Distribute
 	
Group and lock
 	
Changing the stacking order


Working with Text

 	
Artistic vs Paragraph text
 	
Adding & Formatting artistic text
 	
Adding paragraph text
 	
Variable fonts
 	
Setting paragraph options
 	
Using Spell check
 	
Using Find and Replace
 	
Importing text
 	
Working in Tables


Aids to Accuracy

 	
Customising the ruler & grid
 	
Using snap-to
 	
Moving the zero point
 	
Moving the ruler
 	
Specifying precise object parameters


Creating Complex Objects

 	
Creating bézier curves
 	
Using Tools: Shape, Freehand, Knife, Eraser, Block Shadow, Impact and Pointillizer
 	
Reshaping paths
 	
Converting text to paths
 	
Combining objects
 	
Using Node paths


Effects

 	
Fit Text to Path
 	
Transforming objects with envelopes
 	
Creating blends
 	
Drop shadows and Bevel effects
 	
The artistic media tool
 	
Adding perspective
 	
Extruding objects
 	
Applying Fills to areas
 	
Lens effects
 	
Applying PowerClips
 	
Roughening/Smoothing objects
 	
Symmetry Drawing Mode


Blends, Contours, and Mesh

 	
Blending Objects
 	
Contouring Objects
 	
Applying Mesh Fills


Layers

 	
Create/Edit Layers
 	
Changing Layer Properties
 	
Move/Copy/Reorder/Lock Layers
 	
Inserting Page Numbers
 	
Object manager


Images

 	
Inserting and Creating symbols
 	
Crop/Edit/Export Bitmaps
 	
Photo Cocktail extension
 	
Convert Bitmaps to Vectors with AI


Printing

 	
Choosing the right file format
 	
Printing documents
 	
Setting print options
 	
Creating print styles
 	
Using the Print Merge Wizard


Templates, Pages and Styles

 	
Creating Templates
 	
Working with Pages
 	
Specifying the Page Layout
 	
Choosing a Page Background
 	
Using Styles
 	
Applying a Style



























                    [post_title] => CorelDRAW 2020 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => coreldraw-2020-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-08 15:53:11
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-08 15:53:11
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6194
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [79] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6349
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2017-11-06 11:22:08
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2017-11-06 11:22:08
                    [post_content] => This practical Powerproject 16 Cost and Resource Management course is for those interested in labour loading a programme and working with costs and cashflow.  It focuses on working with resources (permanent and consumable), costs, and reporting on project progress.  Delegates will be able to allocate costs and resources to tasks, report on these allocations via a spreadsheet and histograms and use baselines to compare and report against planned versus actual data.

This course is primarily designed for site managers, project managers, construction managers and schedulers.

By the end of this Asta Powerproject 16 Cost and Resource Management course, attendees will be able to:

 	
Create, allocate and manage costs effectively
 	
Display and customise cost and resource histograms
 	
Understand and use resources
 	
Display cost and resource information in the spreadsheet


Delegates should have attended our Intermediate course or have equivalent knowledge or experience.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a Adobe pdf format workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Note:  We only offer this Asta Powerproject 16 Cost and Resource Management course on a private in-house basis.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

Managing Costs & Income

 	
Creating costs
 	
Understanding cost properties:


 	


 	
Fixed Costs
 	
Time based
 	
Task work based




 	
Creating cost tables
 	
Allocating costs to tasks
 	
Creating cumulative/monthly cashflow histograms
 	
Income
 	
Create net cash flow analysis
 	
Cost profiling


Permanent Resources

 	
Creating Resources – Setting up as basic resource library; Exploring resource properties
 	
Allocating Resources – applying to tasks
 	
Using resource cost rates
 	
Creating a resource table
 	
Using supplied Histograms
 	
Creating resource histograms including over allocation histograms
 	
Understanding resource modelling


 	


 	
Non‐modelled
 	
Effort on allocation
 	
Work on allocation
 	
Work from task




 	
Resource Breakdown Structure


Consumable Resources

 	
Creating consumable resources
 	
Allocating consumable resources
 	


 	
Non‐modelled
 	
Quantity on allocation
 	
Quantity from task




 	
Supply and Consumption
 	
Costs
 	
Histograms


Baselines

 	
Creating a baseline
 	
Showing baseline v live cost comparisons
 	
Creating cost comparison tables


(Optional Extra – Time Permitting)
Reports

 	
Using the Earned Value Reporter
 	
S Curves
















































                    [post_title] => Powerproject 16 Cost and Resource Management course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => powerproject-16-cost-and-resource-management-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-07-11 15:20:08
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-07-11 15:20:08
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6349
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [80] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6403
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2018-01-12 14:04:30
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2018-01-12 14:04:30
                    [post_content] => Microsoft 365 is Microsoft’s cloud based subscription service.   This Microsoft Teams training course will educate users in the basics of using Microsoft 365 and its MS Teams services and covers the role of Teams, Channels, Chat, File management, Meetings and Settings.

The topics can be changed to suit sessions within Microsoft 365 training – please refer to the Microsoft 365 End User course outline.

Users working with Microsoft 365.

By the end of this Introduction to Microsoft Teams training course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create and Manage a Team’s user base
 	
Work with Channels, Groups and Chats
 	
Communicate with colleagues via chat, audio and video meetings
 	
Manage file storage and collaborate on documents
 	
Manage settings and integrate with SharePoint and other Apps


Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft Office, Microsoft 365 and Windows.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note:  We only offer the Introduction to Microsoft Teams training course and other Microsoft 365 courses on a private in-house basis.

MS Teams Overview

 	
What is Teams?
 	
Accessing Teams and the Start Screen


Creating/Managing

 	
Creating a Team

 	
Public v Private
 	
Join/Favorite a Team
 	
Adding/Reordering/Leaving Teams
 	
Get link to a team
 	
Creating a Team from an Existing Team
 	
Themes


 	
Team Management

 	
Adding Members/Owners
 	
Member/Guest Permissions
 	
Profile Management
 	
Team picture
 	
Create/Manage Tags




Channels

 	
Creating/Managing/Viewing a Channel
 	
Private channels
 	
Favorites/Follow
 	
Get a link to a channel
 	
Adding & Managing Tabs

 	
Adding Uploaded Excel File to a Tab
 	
Interacting with Tabbed File




Chat

 	
Chats Vs Conversations (Posts) - differences
 	
Start a Chat
 	
1-1, Group and Private chat
 	
Message the whole Team
 	
Add people to a Chat (inc. Guests)
 	
Screen sharing
 	
Formatting and Emojis, Mems, Stickers
 	
@mentions
 	
Mute/Hide Chats
 	
Converting Chats to Meetings
 	
Status indicators


Conversations (Posts)

 	
Conversation Thread
 	
Tag a Person, Channel, Team
 	
Like/Save/View messages
 	
Mark as unread
 	
Starting an On-Demand Meeting via Conversations
 	
Activity Feeds


Searching

 	
Find Chats, Files, People
 	
Using filters
 	
My Activity feed
 	
Search Commands/Modifiers


File Storage and Management

 	
Upload/Download files
 	
File Move/Copy/Rename
 	
Sharing files
 	
Make the File a tab
 	
Real time collaboration
 	
Delete/Recover a file
 	
Syncing


Video Meetings and Audio Calls

 	
Video/Phone settings
 	
Meetings/Conference Calls

 	
Scheduling and Joining Meetings
 	
Inviting & Adding people to meetings
 	
Adding guests
 	
Meet Now instant meetings


 	
Meeting options and controls
 	
Meeting tools – Whiteboard, Recording, Taking notes
 	
Share Desktop
 	
Using a OneNote notebook


Settings

 	
User Account settings
 	
Notification settings
 	
Team/Channel Analytics
 	
Archive/Restore a Team


Team Owner Options

 	
Adding Members/Owners
 	
Permissions – Owner, Member, Guest
 	
Change Team settings
 	
Privacy settings
 	
Profile management
 	
Code generation and Link creation
 	
Renew/Delete a Team
 	
Guest Invite process


Integration

 	
Review and Add available Apps
 	
App notifications to a Channel
 	
Integrate Bots e.g add Flow & Who Bot
 	
Connectors – Facebook/Twitter


Optional Topics
Teams and SharePoint

 	
Group site vs Team site
 	
Add Group calendar
 	
Team document library
 	
Additional SharePoint libraries/lists Pages

O365 Interaction

 	
Teams, SharePoint, OneDrive Interaction
 	
365 Groups and Teams



























                    [post_title] => Microsoft Teams training course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-teams-training-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 10:07:38
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 10:07:38
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6403
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [81] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6879
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2018-03-30 12:00:49
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2018-03-30 12:00:49
                    [post_content] => Storyline 360 is used to create rapid eLearning that is both interactive and immersive.  This Articulate Storyline 360 Introduction course covers all the productivity features and will give you the skills needed to create engaging interactive eLearning content for the web and for mobile devices.  Plenty of hands-on exercises ensure practical experience with the tools and options.  Good work-flow practices are encouraged and there are plenty of tips get the most out of using Storyline.

eLearning content designers, instructional designers, trainers and marketing professionals.

At the end of the Articulate Storyline 360 Introduction course, you will have developed your own eLearning course and will have learnt/be able to do:

 	
Learnt best practice guidelines
 	
Create a course in Articulate Storyline
 	
Understand how PowerPoint and Articulate interact
 	
Set Presentation Options
 	
Add Text, Audio and Media content to slides
 	
Create and use the correct Interaction
 	
Create and use Surveys/Quiz interactions
 	
Manage Slide Properties and add Slide Annotations
 	
Publish your course to a variety of media


No knowledge is assumed, but it helps to have a working knowledge PowerPoint.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE:  We only offer this Articulate Storyline 360 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  You will need to provide the necessary software installed and properly configured.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

Creating a Story

 	
User interface and Tools panels
 	
Preparing a story
 	
Creating a story based on a template
 	
Importing from PowerPoint
 	
The content library


Adding Slide Content

 	
Slides

 	
Slide Masters and notes
 	
Design themes and backgrounds
 	
Organizing slides in Story View


 	
Inserting content into a slide

 	
Text content and boxes
 	
Captions
 	
Shapes
 	
Grouping objects


 	
Storyline characters

 	
Character states

 	
Add a character
 	
Add a state to a character






Audio

 	
Speech bubbles
 	
Audible conversation

 	
Recording narration
 	
Importing an audio clip
 	
Edit audio tracks
 	
Accessing sound tools


 	
Synchronizing objects and narration

 	
Adding cue points


 	
Creating interactive conversations


Layers

 	
Create/Adjust/Order layers
 	
Layer properties
 	
Formatting a layer

 	
Add visibility of base layer objects


 	
Add content to a layer
 	
Show/Hide a layer
 	
States v Layers
 	
Layers v Slides
 	
Triggers

 	
Trigger a layer
 	
Add/Edit a trigger
 	
Trigger conditions




Media Content

 	
Inserting a image/screenshot
 	
Adjusting picture properties
 	
Zoom regions
 	
Inserting video to a story

 	
Editing video
 	
Basic tasks


 	
Inserting video from a website


Screen recordings and interactive simulations

 	
Recording a screen

 	
Steps to record a screen


 	
Creating emphasis with pans and zooms
 	
Inserting
 	
Video and View Mode
 	
Try and Test Mode
 	
Action Fine Tuning


Further Interactivity

 	
Adding buttons, Button icons
 	
Button sets

 	
Turning a set of objects into a button set


 	
Sliders and Dials
 	
Hotspots and markers
 	
Hyperlinks
 	
Scrolling panels
 	
Mouse


Quizzes - Testing Learner Knowledge

 	
Content Library Quiz Questions
 	
Form and Slide view
 	
Question categories and types
 	
Create, edit, and customise questions

 	
Graded/survey questions
 	
Initial setup and Configuring of graded/survey questions
 	
Question feedback
 	
Anchor choices
 	
Question banks


 	
Scoring, results, and review

 	
Inserting a result slide
 	
Negative scoring
 	
Customizing feedback further


 	
Converting static content

 	
Freeform question types
 	
Pick One, Pick Many
 	
Text Entry and hotspot
 	
Drag-and-drop
 	
Shortcut key


 	
Customizing your quiz

 	
Trigger a lightbox display


 	
Using Quiz Branching to create a Learning Scenario
 	
Importing questions


Using Variables 

 	
Types of variables
 	
Create, use variables

 	
Inserting a reference to a variable


 	
Insert a Data Entry box
 	
Refining action based on conditions


Creating Learning Paths

 	
Principles of branching
 	
Controlling presentation order
 	
Understanding slide properties

 	
Slide advances
 	
When revisiting
 	
Slide navigation controls

 	
Player features


 	
Customizing slide navigation




Publishing

 	
Previewing projects
 	
Customizing the Player

 	
Player properties review

 	
Features
 	
Menu
 	
Resources
 	
Glossary
 	
Colours and effects
 	
Text labels
 	
Current Player


 	
Quality settings
 	
LMS output settings
 	
Publishing to the web
 	
Mobile output
 	
Publishing with tracking

 	
Considerations when tracking






Rapid Development 

 	
Build once, reuse many times

 	
Question Banks
 	
Interaction templates
 	
Reusing glossaries and resources
 	
Reusing characters and images
 	
Creating images from video
 	
Best practices for organizing assets



 


























                    [post_title] => Articulate Storyline 360 Introduction course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => articulate-storyline-360-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-06-24 10:13:24
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-06-24 10:13:24
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6879
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [82] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6907
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2018-05-03 13:42:18
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2018-05-03 13:42:18
                    [post_content] => Planner is a simple planning and project management app in Microsoft 365.  It enables users and groups to be more productive.  The course covers the key functionality of creating new plans, using boards and buckets to organise tasks,  creating and assigning tasks, adding members, setting due dates to update a project's status and sharing files with others.  It also deals with linking to other applications such as Mail, Calendars, and Notebook.

Users requiring Planner to organize teams in a simple visual format.

By the end of the Microsoft Planner Introduction course, delegates will be able to use Planner to organize and manage tasks and projects.

Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft 365.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note: We only offer the Microsoft Planner Introduction course and Microsoft 365 courses on a private in-house basis.



What is Planner?

 	
Quick recap of Microsoft 365 basics
 	
The Use of Planner 365
 	
Interlinked Applications


Creating a Plan / Group

 	
Creating and Managing a Plan
 	
Creating a Group


Using Buckets and Tasks

 	
Using Buckets
 	
Creating Tasks
 	
Adding and Assigning Tasks to others
 	
Attaching files to tasks
 	
Flagging tasks with labels
 	
Updating a task's status
 	
Viewing progress on a plan
 	
Sorting Tasks into buckets
 	
Changing the View


Charts

 	
Using charts to view progress
 	
Adding Tasks whilst in Chart View
 	
Changing the Group
 	
Re-assigning Tasks


Notebook

 	
Using Notebook


Mail and Calendar

 	
Mail
 	
Conversations
 	
Calendars













































                    [post_title] => Introduction to Microsoft Planner
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => introduction-to-microsoft-planner
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2023-01-20 10:00:04
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2023-01-20 10:00:04
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6907
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [83] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6913
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2018-05-03 13:59:04
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2018-05-03 13:59:04
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Flow is a cloud-based app and part of the Office 365 suite.  Flow allows you to connect to a range of applications to simplify the process of automating tasks without the need to learn code.

Users planning to implement, maintain or support the creation of automated workflows between apps and services to get notifications, synchronize files, collect data.

By the end of the Introduction to Microsoft Flow course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Understand the purpose of Flow
 	
Create a basic approval Flow
 	
Add conditions to flows
 	
Use the best triggers for flows
 	
Add actions to flows
 	
Build multi-step flows
 	
Connect Apps to your Flow
 	
Edit your Flows


Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft Office 365.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note: We only offer the Introduction to Microsoft Flow and Office 365 courses on a private in-house basis.

Introduction to Flow

 	
The purpose of Flow
 	
Why use Microsoft Flow?
 	
What kind of tasks can Flow perform?


Flow Interface

 	
Accessing Flow
 	
Quick Flow Access
 	
Suite Bar
 	
My Flows
 	
Team Flows
 	
Viewing Team Flows
 	
Approvals
 	
Viewing approval requests
 	
Templates
 	
Connectors
 	
Settings


Designing a Flow

 	
Using the templates gallery
 	
Editing a Flow
 	
Building blocks of the Flow
 	
What is a trigger?
 	
What is an action?
 	
Types of actions
 	
Set up connectors
 	
Edit the OneDrive trigger
 	
Editing the flow
 	
Testing the flow
 	
Create a recurring flow
 	
Disabling a flow
 	
Add a condition to a flow
 	
Connecting to Excel spreadsheet
 	
Fixing failed flows
 	
Create external connector
 	
Add a condition to the flow
 	
Use ‘apply to each action’ flows
 	
Fixing failed flows
 	
Watch the flow
 	
Debug the Flow
 	
Test the flow after debugging


Approval Flows

 	
Flow Approvals Centre
 	
Start approval when a new item is added to a SharePoint List
 	
Approve/reject the request from email
 	
Approve/reject requests from approvals centre
 	
Types of approvals


Planning a Custom Flow

 	
Analyse and design the solution proposal
 	
Draw the solution proposal diagram
 	
Determine required connectors
 	
Check connectors


Create a Custom Flow from Scratch 

 	
Submit document for approval
 	
Select trigger
 	
Connect to a service
 	
Add an action
 	
Add a document status condition
 	
Create ‘If yes’ action
 	
Add second action
 	
Update status action
 	
Test the flow by resubmitting
 	
Approve/Reject the document
 	
Create a document approval flow
 	
Document approved condition
 	
Send an approved email
 	
Test if document is approved
 	
Document rejection condition
 	
Send rejection email
 	
Test if document is Approved/Rejected
 	
Escalation of approval
 	
Create document approval escalation flow
 	
Document escalated condition


Combined Multistep Flow

 	
Disable existing Flows
 	
Combined Flow Plan
 	
Create a trigger
 	
Document rejected condition
 	
If the document escalated condition
 	
Send Approval/Rejection email
 	
Team Flows
 	
Share your Flow


Admin and Managing

 	
Copy a Flow
 	
Export a Flow
 	
View connections
 	
Delete all connections
 	
Delete flows







































                    [post_title] => Introduction to Microsoft Flow
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => introduction-to-microsoft-flow
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-08 15:23:38
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-08 15:23:38
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6913
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [84] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 6917
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2018-05-03 14:44:27
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2018-05-03 14:44:27
                    [post_content] => Microsoft 365 Delve is a data visualization/discovery app (powered by Office Graph) incorporating elements of social networking and machine learning with a search capability that lets you manage your Microsoft 365 profile.  It displays useful information (documents, images, and videos) to a user in the form of content cards which can be sorted into different views

On this course delegates will use Delve to manage their Microsoft 365 profile, and discover and organise the information that's likely to be most interesting to them.  They will learn the features, functionality, and navigation options using Content Cards and Boards and will manage views, search for content, and collaborate with users using shared documents.

Organisations requiring users to use Delve to find and discover pertinent information across Office 365 apps.

Course Objectives

By the end of the course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Search for people, documents, or boards
 	
Find and share content
 	
Discover and organise information across Microsoft 365

 

Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft 365.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note: We only offer this Introduction to Microsoft Delve and Microsoft 365 courses on a private in-house basis.

What is Delve?


Basics

 	
Navigating the Delve homepage
 	
Privacy settings
 	
Updating your profile


Exploring views


Using Content Cards

 	
Organising content - favorites and people


Delve Boards

 	
Create a board and add documents
 	
Add a board to your Favourites
 	
Go to a board
 	
Share content via email
 	
Remove a document/board


Collaboration

 	
Give others access to your documents


Finding relevant experts/information










































                    [post_title] => Introduction to Microsoft Delve
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => introduction-to-microsoft-delve
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-11-01 12:28:25
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-11-01 12:28:25
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=6917
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [85] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7157
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2018-12-21 15:03:57
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2018-12-21 15:03:57
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Power BI Training Courses

Use Microsoft’s range of BI (Business Intelligence) tools to analyse data sets quickly, provide visual insights via reports and dashboards and to share that data with colleagues.

Choose from Power BI or Power Query to learn how to get the most from your data using Microsoft BI.


                    [post_title] => Microsoft Power BI training courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => open
                    [ping_status] => open
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-power-bi-training-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-08-23 09:06:32
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-08-23 09:06:32
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=courses&p=7157
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => courses
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [86] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7257
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2019-04-05 15:51:27
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2019-04-05 15:51:27
                    [post_content] => Articulate 360 is a toolkit containing a number of apps to help you design eLearning.  This Articulate 360 Introduction course is dedicated to all things Articulate 360.  Delegates will learn how to build complete modules using Rise, as well as supplementing these modules with additional content using the Articulate 360 tools - Peek and Replay.  You’ll learn which tool to use and when, and walk away with a deeper understanding of the Articulate suite of tools.

eLearning content designers, instructional designers, trainers and marketing professionals.

At the end of this Articulate 360 Introduction course, you will have developed your own Articulate-based eLearning course and have learnt/be able to do:

 	
Design an eLearning interface suited to your subject matter and target audience
 	
Use Rise to create mobile optimised courses from your browser
 	
Add Text, Audio, Images and Multimedia content
 	
Design meaningful Surveys/Quiz interactions and review questions
 	
Use Peek for screen recording
 	
Use Replay to manage recordings
 	
Publish your course to a variety of media


No knowledge is assumed, but it helps to have a working knowledge PowerPoint.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

NOTE: We only offer this Articulate 360 Introduction course on a private in-house basis.  You will need to provide the necessary software installed and properly configured.

Using Rise

 	
Prebuilt lessons
 	
Custom lessons
 	
Adding text/multimedia
 	
Interactions – swipe, tap, timelines
 	
Multiple-choice quizzes
 	
Publishing a Rise course
 	
Responsive course vs responsive player


Content Library

 	
Templates & characters


Peek for Windows

 	
Record, preview your screen
 	
Download to an LMS and share the URL
 	
Publishing to articulate 360


Replay 360

 	
Recording your screen
 	
Picture-in-picture mix
 	
Insert and edit video and audio
 	
Inserting images
 	
Creating lower thirds
 	
Publish


Articulate Review

 	
Publishing to Articulate review
 	
Library
 	
Managing the content

 















































                    [post_title] => Articulate 360 Introduction Course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => articulate-360-introduction-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-03-08 15:12:52
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-03-08 15:12:52
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=7257
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [87] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7267
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2019-04-09 14:54:58
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2019-04-09 14:54:58
                    [post_content] => Yammer is an enterprise social network for businesses that is private and secure and helps users connect to the right people and easily collaborate to get work done smarter and faster.  This Microsoft 365 Yammer end user course introduces delegates to the basic features covering tips and tricks, best practices and team collaboration.

Organisations requiring users to use Yammer to communicate and collaborate with co-workers.

By the end of this Introduction to Microsoft Yammer course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Navigate the Yammer interface
 	
Post messages and work in groups
 	
Find and Share content
 	
Discover and organize information
 	
Collaberate on documents with colleagues


Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft 365.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note: We only offer this Introduction to Microsoft Yammer course on a private in-house basis.

Getting Started

 	
What is Yammer?

 	
Finding your way around Yammer
 	
Using the home feed
 	
Profile hints and tips – why it’s important in Social networking
 	
View and Update your Profile
 	
Configure your Feed




Discussions and Groups

 	
Groups

 	
Create and/or Join a group
 	
Participating in group conversations
 	
Poll Group Members
 	
Group Administration
 	
Customize your group
 	
View Group Insights
 	
Create an External group


 	
Conversations/Posts

 	
Posting messages/Sharing updates
 	
Like, Reply, and Share Messages
 	
Tags, @Mentions and Search
 	
Praise someone
 	
Private messages
 	
Using #Topics


 	
Announcements and Polls

 	
Create an Announcement
 	
Post a Question in Yammer


 	
Notifications and Follows

 	
Manage/View your notifications
 	
Following people and topics




Search

 	
Perform a People search
 	
Tips for Searching People and related content


Collaboration

 	
Create/Upload a document
 	
Co-editing documents


Other

 	
Add SharePoint Content
 	
Pin Content
 	
MS Teams - Adding Yammer Communities
 	
Desktop & Mobile Apps
















































                    [post_title] => Introduction to Microsoft Yammer
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => introduction-to-microsoft-yammer
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2021-11-01 12:18:47
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2021-11-01 12:18:47
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=7267
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [88] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7488
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2019-09-19 10:34:04
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2019-09-19 10:34:04
                    [post_content] => This Power BI Advanced course is aimed at experienced Power BI users.  The course covers the use of advanced DAX formulas, variables, queries, calendars and delves into the M language behind the Query Editor.  Delegates will learn how to customise the data model through advanced visualisations and dashboard tiles.

Business/Data analysts or anyone who needs to interpret and communicate large quantities of information clearly.

At the end of this Microsoft Power BI Advanced course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Use advanced relationships to control data
 	
Use advanced DAX functions
 	
Work with variables and queries
 	
Use advanced Visualisation techniques to convey data efficiently
 	
Design and deploy Dashboards


Delegates must have good experience in Power BI and DAX, or have attended our Power BI Intermediate course.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook, in Adobe pdf format, and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

NOTE:   We only offer the Microsoft Power BI Advanced course on a private in-house basis.

Basics Review

 	
DAX basics
 	
Evaluation context


Advanced Relationships

 	
Relationships overview
 	
Advanced relationships options
 	
Cross filter directions
 	
Ambiguity in bidirectional filters
 	
CROSSFILTER function
 	
Many-to-Many relationships


Advanced DAX

 	
Table functions – the differences

 	
ALL; VALUES; DISTINCT; ALLNONBLANKROW; ALLEXCEPT


 	
FILTER
 	
RELATED, RALATEDTABLE
 	
EARLIER
 	
SUMMARIZE
 	
Understanding context transition: CALCULATE and CALCULATETABLE
 	
LOOKUPVALUE
 	
TOPN
 	
Advanced Time intelligence Functions


Variables

 	
Why use variables?
 	
Understanding variables
 	
Variables scope


Paramaters


Dynamic Calendars


Advanced Visualisations

 	
Digital Storytelling
 	
Buttons and Bookmarks
 	
Selection Pane
 	
Drill through
 	
Tooltip Page
 	
Use of Custom Visuals
 	
Multiple pages slicers


More on Queries

 	
Advanced query techniques
 	
Introduction to M


Connecting to other sources

 	
Import vs Direct Query and Live connections – a discussion


Publishing and Sharing

 	
Setting User Role in BI Desktop
 	
Publishing a report
 	
Creating Dashboards
 	
Sharing Dashboards
 	
Creating Workspace
 	
Publish App

































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Power BI Advanced course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-power-bi-advanced-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-08-23 08:50:48
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-08-23 08:50:48
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=7488
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [89] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7615
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2020-02-14 16:14:29
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2020-02-14 16:14:29
                    [post_content] => Asta Powerproject is a professional project management tool aimed at the construction industry.  This practical Fulfilling NEC Programme Requirements using Powerproject 16 course (using specific exercises and examples) is designed to help you understand and apply the programme requirements of the NEC form of contract.

This course is designed for anyone who needs to use Powerproject within the NEC contract.

Note:  This course doesn’t deal with how the contract should be implemented!  Its focus is on the way in which the Powerproject software is used to meet the contract requirements.

By the end of this course, delegates will have gained an understanding of how to fulfil the programme requirements of the NEC contract, specifically:

 	
Clause 31.2
 	
Clause 32.1
 	
Compensation events in core clause 60.1


Delegates should have attended our Powerproject Introduction level course or have equivalent knowledge or experience of how to logic link a programme and show its critical path.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note:  We only offer this Fulfilling NEC Programme Requirements using Powerproject 16 course on a private in-house basis.  For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

Showing Time Risk allowance 


Linking/Critical path and float


Showing key dates


Terminal float between Planned completions and the Completion date 


Basic resource and code library allocation for 3rd part display 


Hammocks to show cost implications of delays to prelims 


Baselines


Compensation Events


Progress Updating




































                    [post_title] => Fulfilling NEC Programme Requirements using Powerproject
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => fulfilling-nec-programme-requirements-using-powerproject
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 10:04:44
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 10:04:44
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=7615
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [90] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7633
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2020-03-23 10:47:29
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2020-03-23 10:47:29
                    [post_content] => Our Asta Powerproject 16 Online courses are 90 minute 'bite-sized' sessions designed to focus on specific aspects of Asta Powerproject and will benefit anyone wanting a good understanding on these topics.  Exercises are supplied and delegates will get a mix of watching and hands on activity plus practice exercises to cement knowledge.

Limited to a maximum of 5 delegates per session.

Project managers, programmers, planners and anyone needing to create and manage effective project plans.

Please refer to the session modules listed below.



Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a PDF workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Note:  We only offer Asta Powerproject 16 Online courses on a private in-house basis.   For pricing and availability just pick up the phone and call us on 0845 1085481.

Introduction Level Sessions
Session 1

Getting Started

 	
Screen familiarisation
 	
Ribbon v Toolbar mode
 	
Changing Time Line display

Creating a New Project

 	
Creating a project with a template
 	
Entering project information

Calendars

 	
Setting the default Calendar
 	
Setting exceptions in the Calendar

Creating a Linked Bar Chart

 	
Entering Tasks and durations
 	
Move/Insert/Delete tasks
 	
Marking project milestones
 	
Updating tasks
 	
Multiple tasks (Split/Merge tasks)

Critical Path Analysis

 	
Adding Links
 	
Linking tasks and rescheduling
 	
Critical Path and Float

Session 2

Critical Path Analysis (Con’t)

 	
Show/Hide the critical path
 	
Working with Constraints e.g. Constraining tasks to specific dates
 	
Setting Lead and Lag time
 	
Changing the Project start e.g.  date
 	
Working with the Date zone
 	
Exercise 1

Session 3

Creating Project Structure

 	
Creating summary tasks
 	
Showing and hiding sub-tasks
 	
Exercise 2

Formatting

 	
Display switches to show/hide chart elements
 	
Display different task data on Bar Chart
 	
Formatting the task detail
 	
Adding textual annotations

Creating Code Libraries

 	
Creating new code library entries
 	
Applying code libraries
 	
Basic task Filtering
 	
Exercise 3

Session 4

 	
Exercise 4

Basic Progress Entry

 	
Adding columns to the table
 	
Entering progress
 	
Setting a progress date
 	
Displaying a progress line
 	
Connecting text boxes to bars
 	
Exercise 5

Printing

 	
Setting print options
 	
Setting a border file
 	
Using print preview
 	
Adding project properties


Intermediate Level Sessions
Session 1

Linking

 	
Further linking methods

Tasks (more in-depth view)

 	
Creating Expanded tasks
 	
Using Hammocks
 	
Creating Buffer tasks
 	
Create task pools
 	
Use recurring tasks
 	
User defined fields
 	
Exercise 1

Session 2

Resources

 	
Configure spreadsheet
 	
Setting up a basic resource library
 	
Applying resources to tasks
 	
Using supplied Histograms to show resource allocations
 	
Saving resource information as a View
 	
Exercise 2

Session 3

Working with Baselines

 	
Create & Save a baseline
 	
Multiple baselines

Progress

 	
Progress entry using progress periods
 	
Straight line v Jagged line programmes
 	
Displaying multiple progress periods
 	
Comparing progress to a baseline
 	
Using the spreadsheet to report progress
 	
Assigning alternative calendars to tasks
 	
Adding notes to tasks

Session 4

 	
Exercise 3

Working with Views

 	
Creating Filters
 	
Creating Sorts
 	
Formatting the Bar Chart
 	
Change and Save Views

Creating a Company Template

 	
Saving company templates


Advanced Level Sessions
Session 1

Managing Costs & Income

 	
Creating costs
 	
Understanding cost properties including:

 	
Fixed Costs
 	
Time based
 	
Task work based


 	
Allocating costs
 	
Exercise 1

Session 2

Managing Costs & Income (Con’t)

 	
Cost Histograms
 	
Income
 	
Create net cash flow analysis
 	
Cost profiling
 	
Exercise 2

Session 3

Permanent Resources

 	
Setting up as basic resource library
 	
Understanding resource modelling

 	
Non‐modelled
 	
Effort & Work on allocation
 	
Work from task


 	
Allocating Resources – applying to tasks
 	
Resource costs and cost rates
 	
Exercise 3
 	
Using supplied Histograms
 	
Resource Histograms
 	
Resource Breakdown Structure
 	
Exercise 4

Session 4

Consumable Resources

 	
Creating consumable resources
 	
Allocating consumable resources
 	
Non‐modelled
 	
Quantity on allocation, Quantity from task
 	
Supply and Consumption
 	
Costs
 	
Histograms

Baselines

 	
Creating a baseline
 	
Showing baseline v live cost comparisons
 	
Creating cost comparison tables
 	
Exercise 5

Optional Extra – Time Permitting
Reports

 	
Using the Earned Value Reporter
 	
S Curves


NEC Requirements
Session 1

 	
Showing Time Risk allowance
 	
Linking/Critical path and float
 	
Showing key dates
 	
Terminal float between Planned completions and the Completion date
 	
Exercise 1

Session 2

 	
Basic resource and code library allocation for 3rd party display
 	
Exercise 2

Session 3

 	
Hammocks to show cost implications of delays to prelims
 	
Exercise 3
 	
Baselines
 	
Early Warnings
 	
Compensation events

Session 4

 	
Exercise 4
 	
Progress updating



















































                    [post_title] => Powerproject 16 Online courses
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => powerproject-16-online-courses
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 10:02:43
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 10:02:43
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=7633
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [91] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7648
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2020-05-23 10:07:29
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2020-05-23 10:07:29
                    [post_content] => Microsoft 365 is Microsoft’s cloud based subscription service (formally Office 365).  Our Microsoft Teams online training sessions will educate users in the basics of using Microsoft 365 and its MS Teams services and covers the role of Teams, Channels, Chat, File management, Meetings and Settings.

Users working with Microsoft 365.

By the end of your Microsoft Teams online training sessions, delegates will be able to:

 	
Create and Manage a Team’s user base
 	
Work with Channels and Chat to colleagues
 	
Communicate with colleagues via chat, audio and video meetings
 	
Manage file storage and collaborate on documents
 	
Manage settings and integrate with SharePoint and other Apps.


Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft Office, Microsoft 365 basics and Windows.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.   These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note:  We only offer Microsoft Teams Online Training and Microsoft 365 courses on a private in-house basis.

Basics and Chat
Overview

 	
What is Microsoft Teams?
 	
Benefits of using Teams
 	
Accessing Teams
 	
The screen
 	
Different areas

Settings

 	
User Account and Notification settings

Viewing Activity

Find Content

 	
Find Chats, Files, People
 	
Use Filters
 	
My Activity feed
 	
Search Modifiers

Chat

 	
Start a Chat
 	
Group and Private Chats
 	
Add people to a chat (Inc. guests)
 	
Message the whole team
 	
Formatting and Emojis, memes, stickers
 	
@mentions
 	
Attaching files & Saving
 	
Mute/Hide chats
 	
Status indicators
 	
Share a screen


Using Teams
Using Teams

Creating/Managing Teams

 	
A Team

 	
Channels
 	
Tabs
 	
Posts
 	
Wiki
 	
Instant Meetings
 	
Team Members
 	
Tags


 	
Difference between Chats and Conversations (Posts)
 	
Creating Teams

 	
Public v Private
 	
Join/Favourite a Team
 	
Adding/Reordering/Leaving Teams
 	
Get link to a team
 	
Creating a Team from an Existing Team



Channels

 	
Creating/Managing/Viewing a Channel
 	
Private channels
 	
Favourites/Follow
 	
Show Channel information
 	
Adding & Managing Tabs


 	
Adding Uploaded Excel File to a Tab
 	
Interacting with Tabbed File

Conversations

 	
With Person/Team/Channel
 	
Conversation Thread
 	
Tag a Person, Channel, Team
 	
Like/Save/View a message
 	
Mark as unread

File Storage and Management

 	
Upload/Download Files
 	
File Move/Copy/Rename
 	
Sharing files
 	
Real time collaboration
 	
Make the File a tab
 	
Delete/Recover a file

Syncing

Video Meetings & Audio Calls

 	
Video/Phone Audio Settings
 	
Scheduling & Joining a Meeting

 	
Calendar
 	
Via Outlook
 	
Channel Meetings


 	
Meeting Options and Controls
 	
Inviting & Adding People (inc. guests) to a Meeting
 	
Meeting Participants and Conversations
 	
Different Types of Meetings e.g. Meet now meeting
 	
Sharing Desktop
 	
Meeting tools: Whiteboard, Recording, Taking notes
 	
Using a OneNote Notebook within Teams


Settings and O365 Integration

 	
Team Management Options

 	
Adding Members/Owners
 	
Owner/Member/Guest Permissions
 	
Profile Management
 	
Team picture
 	
Create/Manage Tags




 	
Renew/Delete a Team
 	
Change Team settings


 	
Privacy settings


 	
Code generation and Link creation
 	
Guest invite process

Analytics

 	
Team/Channel Analytics

Apps

 	
Add Apps
 	
App notifications

Archiving

 	
Archive/Restore a Team

Integration

 	
Review available Apps
 	
Integrate Bots
 	
Connectors – Facebook/Twitter
 	
App Notifications to a Channel

Teams and SharePoint

 	
Group site vs Team site
 	
Add Group calendar
 	
Team Document Library
 	
Additional SharePoint libraries/lists Pages

Teams, SharePoint, OneDrive Interaction

Microsoft 365 Groups and Teams - a discussion


















































                    [post_title] => Microsoft Teams Online Training
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => microsoft-teams-online-training
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-03-30 10:01:21
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-03-30 10:01:21
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=7648
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [92] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 7926
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2021-07-12 13:48:34
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2021-07-12 13:48:34
                    [post_content] => This Power BI Desktop Intermediate course is aimed at more experienced Power BI users.  The course delves into more complex data relationships, the use of some advanced DAX formulas and queries, working from different data sources, time intelligence, and charts.  Delegates will learn how to customise the data model through visualisations and dashboard tiles.

Business/Data analysts or anyone who needs to interpret and communicate large quantities of information clearly.

At the end of this Introduction to Power BI Desktop Data Modelling course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Use different data sources
 	
Use Visualisations and Charts to convey data efficiently
 	
Use more advanced DAX and Time intelligence functions
 	
Use query parameters
 	
Design and deploy Dashboards


Delegates must have good Power BI and basic DAX knowledge or have attended our Power BI Introduction course.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook, in Adobe pdf format, and other useful reference materials where applicable.

Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.

NOTE:   We only offer this Power BI Desktop Intermediate course on a private in-house basis.

The suggested course duration is a guideline.  Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.

Data Sources

 	
Using Excel, CSV/Text files, Folders and SQL server as data sources


Filtering Visualisations

 	
Creating and using Hierarchies
 	
Using Drill Down and Drill Through
 	
Custom Tooltips


Time Intelligence

 	
Time Intelligence Functions
 	
Comparison with Previous periods
 	
Aggregations over time


Advanced DAX Functions

 	
ALL
 	
FILTER
 	
X Functions
 	
HASONEVALUE
 	
Other functions


Using Queries

 	
Creating and using Query Parameters
 	
Dealing with errors


Charts

 	
Dual- Axis
 	
Gauge and Ribbon charts
 	
Custom visuals
 	



Preparing for Publishing

 	
Adding bookmarks
 	
Creating action buttons
 	
Setting up User Roles


Publishing to the Power BI Service

 	
Publish your Report to PowerBI.com
 	
Creating Dashboards
 	
Using Quick Insights
 	
Using Q&A for interactive data searching







































                    [post_title] => Power BI Desktop Intermediate course
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => power-bi-desktop-intermediate-course
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-08-23 09:01:20
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-08-23 09:01:20
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=7926
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

            [93] => WP_Post Object
                (
                    [ID] => 8003
                    [post_author] => 3
                    [post_date] => 2021-11-15 12:35:04
                    [post_date_gmt] => 2021-11-15 12:35:04
                    [post_content] => Microsoft Forms is a simple online tool for creating surveys, questionnaires, polls and quizzes.  On this Introduction to Microsoft Forms course delegates will learn how to create engaging forms/quizzes that can provide automatic feedback based on the answers chosen, and automatically mark the test if multiple-choice questions.  You will also learn how to adapt forms, distribute them to colleagues for completion and then analyse results in Forms or export them to Excel for additional analysis.

Users requiring Forms to collect and review data via the web.

By the end of the course, delegates will be able to create and distribute Forms and collate the results of surveys, quizzes and questionnaires.

Delegates should be familiar with Microsoft 365.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note: We only offer Microsoft Forms and Microsoft 365 courses on a private in-house basis.

What is Forms?

 	
Accessing the Forms website


Creating a Form

 	
Form question types
 	
Creating and Editing a Form
 	
Adding elements

 	
Multiple choice, Text, Rating, Date, ranking, Likert
 	
Adjusting the position of form elements


 	
Form settings
 	
Themes and adding pictures
 	
Branching

 	
Jump to questions depending on answers




Quiz

 	
Settings
 	
Answer options
 	
Handling Correct and Incorrect Answers
 	
Question points


Form Settings

 	
Decide who can complete a Form
 	
Set Response Options


Form Links

 	
Send form links to others:

 	
Via email, QRC code, Embed in webpage, a Form link




Collaborate

 	
Team collaboration
 	
Share a form (internal/external users)
 	
Stop sharing


Review Results

 	
View summary
 	
Check individual responses
 	
Analyse in Excel


Output

 	
Preview on PC and mobile
 	
Print summary or individual responses







































                    [post_title] => Introduction to Microsoft Forms
                    [post_excerpt] => 
                    [post_status] => publish
                    [comment_status] => closed
                    [ping_status] => closed
                    [post_password] => 
                    [post_name] => introduction-to-microsoft-forms
                    [to_ping] => 
                    [pinged] => 
                    [post_modified] => 2022-01-25 14:28:37
                    [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-01-25 14:28:37
                    [post_content_filtered] => 
                    [post_parent] => 0
                    [guid] => https://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=8003
                    [menu_order] => 0
                    [post_type] => course_details
                    [post_mime_type] => 
                    [comment_count] => 0
                    [filter] => raw
                )

        )

    [post_count] => 94
    [current_post] => -1
    [in_the_loop] => 
    [post] => WP_Post Object
        (
            [ID] => 71
            [post_author] => 1
            [post_date] => 2016-10-28 10:24:48
            [post_date_gmt] => 2016-10-28 10:24:48
            [post_content] => This Adobe Illustrator CC Introduction course is designed to teach delegates how to produce good-looking, high quality graphics such as logos and advertisements that include type and graphics.  Delegates will create professional looking logos, professional type effects and convert bitmaps to vector artworks through the use of colours, gradients, layers, fonts, and photos with illustrations and text effects.

Adobe Illustrator is a vector-based graphics program that allows you to create professional quality print, type effects and web designs.

Graphic designers or people needing to create illustrations, logos, advertisements or other graphic documents.

At the end of this Adobe Illustrator CC Introduction course, delegates will be able to:

 	
Prepare graphics for web, print and video text using various typographical features and techniques
 	
Apply design principles to create graphic compositions
 	
Modify and apply colours
 	
Create symbols, place images and organise artwork using layers
 	
Archive, export, and publish graphics


No prior knowledge of Illustrator is assumed.

Enliten IT will provide each delegate with a workbook and other useful reference materials where applicable.  These may be either paper based or in Adobe pdf format or a combination thereof.

Note:   Enliten IT reserves the right to modify course content and materials as required in the interests of continuous course improvement, at any time, without notification.
The suggested course duration is a guideline. Course topics and duration may be modified by the instructor based upon the knowledge and skill level of the course participants.
Other Adobe courses.

The user interface

 	
Identify user interface elements
 	
Create and select Workspaces
 	
Navigate and zoom documents
 	
Smartguides
 	
Rulers, guides, grids, snap to
 	
Outline & Preview modes


Creating artwork

 	
Vector v Bitmap formats
 	
Apply design principles to create artwork
 	
Using pen and shape tools to create basic geometry
 	
Selecting and Grouping objects
 	
Transform and modify elements
 	
Create and manipulate text
 	
Organise artwork using layers
 	
Create symbols


Colours

 	
Selecting and applying colours
 	
Creating colour swatches
 	
Applying and modifying gradients
 	
Working with spot colours


Effects and transparency

 	
Apply transparency to objects
 	
Blend elements using blend effects
 	
Working with bitmaps
 	
Placing raster images
 	
Using the links panel to relink and update images
 	
Tracing images using live trace presets


Publishing artwork

 	
Identifying common file formats
 	
Choose appropriate settings to optimise graphics on the screen, print and video
 	
Creating JPEG, PDF, PNG, SVG
















































            [post_title] => Adobe Illustrator CC Introduction Course
            [post_excerpt] => 
            [post_status] => publish
            [comment_status] => open
            [ping_status] => open
            [post_password] => 
            [post_name] => adobe-illustrator-cc-introduction-course
            [to_ping] => 
            [pinged] => 
            [post_modified] => 2022-04-01 09:44:12
            [post_modified_gmt] => 2022-04-01 09:44:12
            [post_content_filtered] => 
            [post_parent] => 0
            [guid] => http://www.enliten-it.com/?post_type=course_details&p=71
            [menu_order] => 0
            [post_type] => course_details
            [post_mime_type] => 
            [comment_count] => 0
            [filter] => raw
        )

    [comment_count] => 0
    [current_comment] => -1
    [found_posts] => 94
    [max_num_pages] => 0
    [max_num_comment_pages] => 0
    [is_single] => 
    [is_preview] => 
    [is_page] => 
    [is_archive] => 
    [is_date] => 
    [is_year] => 
    [is_month] => 
    [is_day] => 
    [is_time] => 
    [is_author] => 
    [is_category] => 
    [is_tag] => 
    [is_tax] => 
    [is_search] => 
    [is_feed] => 
    [is_comment_feed] => 
    [is_trackback] => 
    [is_home] => 1
    [is_privacy_policy] => 
    [is_404] => 
    [is_embed] => 
    [is_paged] => 
    [is_admin] => 
    [is_attachment] => 
    [is_singular] => 
    [is_robots] => 
    [is_favicon] => 
    [is_posts_page] => 
    [is_post_type_archive] => 
    [query_vars_hash:WP_Query:private] => 6a5eda6a18eb9e95e269ba39bf9e4d09
    [query_vars_changed:WP_Query:private] => 
    [thumbnails_cached] => 
    [allow_query_attachment_by_filename:protected] => 
    [stopwords:WP_Query:private] => 
    [compat_fields:WP_Query:private] => Array
        (
            [0] => query_vars_hash
            [1] => query_vars_changed
        )

    [compat_methods:WP_Query:private] => Array
        (
            [0] => init_query_flags
            [1] => parse_tax_query
        )

)